text:
# Abstract

## Abstract

Semiclassical Hamiltonian field theory is investigated from the axiomatic point of view. A notion of a semiclassical state is introduced. An ”elementary” semiclassical state is specified by a set of classical field configuration and quantum state in this external field. ”Composed” semiclassical states viewed as formal superpositions of ”elementary” states are nontrivial only if the Maslov isotropic condition is satisfied; the inner product of ”composed” semiclassical states is degenerate. The mathematical proof of Poincare invariance of semiclassical field theory is obtained for ”elementary” and ”composed” semiclassical states. The notion of semiclassical field is introduced; its Poincare invariance is also mathematically proved.

00footnotetext: e-mail: shvedov@qs.phys.msu.su

## 1 Introduction

Different approaches to semiclassical field theory have been developed. Most of them were based on the functional integral technique: physical quantities were expressed via functional integrals which were evaluated with the help of saddle-point or stationary-phase technique. Since energy spectrum and $`S`$-matrix elements can be found from the functional integral , this approach appeared to be useful for the soliton quantization theory .

Another important partial case of the semiclassical field theory is the theory of quantization in a strong external background classical field  or in curved space-time : one decomposes the field as a sum of a classical c-number component and a quantum component. Then the theory is quantized.

The one-loop approximation , the time-dependent Hartree-Fock approximation  and the Gaussian approximation developed in  may be also viewed as examples of applications of semiclassical conceptions.

On the other hand, the axiomatic field theory  tells us that main objects of QFT are states and observables. The Poincare group is represented in the Hilbert state space, so that evolution, boosts and other Poincare transformations are viewed as unitary operators.

The purpose of this paper is to introduce the semiclassical analogs of such QFT notions as states, fields and Poincare transformations. The analogs of Wightman Poincare invariance and field axioms for the semiclassical field theory are to be formulated and checked.

Unfortunately, ”exact” QFT is mathematically constructed for a restricted class of models only (see, for example, ). Therefore, formal approximate methods such as perturbation theory seem to be ways to quantize the field theory rather than to construct approximations for the exact solutions of QFT equations. The conception of field quantization within the perturbation framework is popular . One can expect that the semiclassical approximation plays an analogous role.

To construct the semiclassical formalism based on the notion of a state, one should use the equation-of-motion formulation of QFT rather than the usual $`S`$-matrix formulation. It is well-known that additional difficulties such as Stueckelberg divergences  and problems associated with the Haag theorem  arise in the equation-of-motion approach. There are some ways to overcome them. The vacuum divergences can be eliminated in the perturbation theory with the help of the Faddeev transformation . Stueckelberg divergences can be treated analogously  (exactly solvable models with Stueckelberg divergences have been suggested recently ). These investigations are important for the semiclassical Hamiltonian field theory .

The semiclassical approaches are formally applicable to the quantum field theory models if the Lagrangian depends on the fields $`\phi `$ and the small parameter $`\lambda `$ as follows (see, for example, ):

$$=\frac{1}{2}_\mu \phi _\mu \phi \frac{m^2}{2}\phi ^2\frac{1}{\lambda }V(\sqrt{\lambda }\phi ),$$
$`(1.1)`$
where $`V`$ is an interaction potential. To illustrate the formal semiclassical ansatz for the state vector, use the functional Schrodinger representation (see, for example, ). States at fixed moment of time are represented as functionals $`\mathrm{\Psi }[\phi ()]`$ depending on fields $`\phi (𝐱)`$, $`𝐱𝐑^d`$, the field operator $`\widehat{\phi }(𝐱)`$ is the operator of multiplication by $`\phi (𝐱)`$, while the canonically conjugated momentum $`\widehat{\pi }(𝐱)`$ is represented as a differentiation operator $`i\delta /\delta \phi (𝐱)`$. The functional Schrodinger equation reads

$$i\frac{d\psi ^t}{dt}=\psi ^t,$$
$`(1.2)`$
where

$$=𝑑𝐱\left[\frac{1}{2}\frac{\delta ^2}{\delta \phi (𝐱)\delta \phi (𝐱)}+\frac{1}{2}(\phi )^2(𝐱)+\frac{m^2}{2}\phi ^2(𝐱)+\frac{1}{\lambda }V(\sqrt{\lambda }\phi (𝐱))\right]$$

The simplest semiclassical state corresponds to the Maslov theory of complex germ in a point . It depends on the small parameter $`\lambda `$ as

$$\psi ^t[\phi ()]=e^{\frac{i}{\lambda }S^t}e^{\frac{i}{\lambda }{\scriptscriptstyle 𝑑𝐱\mathrm{\Pi }^t(𝐱)[\phi (𝐱)\sqrt{\lambda }\mathrm{\Phi }^t(𝐱)]}}f^t\left(\phi ()\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }^t()}{\sqrt{\lambda }}\right)(K_{S^t,\mathrm{\Pi }^t,\mathrm{\Phi }^t}f^t)[\phi ()],$$
$`(1.3)`$
where $`S^t`$, $`\mathrm{\Pi }^t(𝐱)`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }^t(𝐱)`$, $`t𝐑`$, $`𝐱𝐑^d`$ are smooth real functions which rapidly damp with all their derivatives as $`𝐱\mathrm{}`$, $`f^t[\varphi ()]`$ is a $`t`$-dependent functional.

As $`\lambda 0`$, the substitution ($`(1.3)`$) satisfies eq.($`(1.2)`$) in the leading order in $`\lambda `$ if the following relations are obeyed. First, for the ”action” $`S^t`$ one finds,

$$\frac{dS^t}{dt}=𝑑𝐱[\mathrm{\Pi }^t(𝐱)\dot{\mathrm{\Phi }}^t(𝐱)\frac{1}{2}(\mathrm{\Pi }^t(𝐱))^2\frac{1}{2}(\mathrm{\Phi }^t(𝐱))^2\frac{m^2}{2}(\mathrm{\Phi }^t(𝐱))^2V(\mathrm{\Phi }^t(𝐱))],$$
$`(1.4)`$
Second, $`\mathrm{\Pi }^t`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }^t`$ obeys the classical Hamiltonian system

$$\dot{\mathrm{\Phi }}^t=\mathrm{\Pi }^t,\dot{\mathrm{\Pi }}^t=(\mathrm{\Delta }+m^2)\mathrm{\Phi }^t+V^{}(\mathrm{\Phi }^t),$$
$`(1.5)`$
Finally, the functional $`f^t`$ satisfies the functional Schrodinger equation with the quadratic Hamiltonian

$$i\dot{f}^t[\varphi ()]=𝑑𝐱\left[\frac{1}{2}\frac{\delta ^2}{\delta \varphi (𝐱)\delta \varphi (𝐱)}+\frac{1}{2}(\varphi (𝐱))^2+\frac{m^2}{2}\varphi ^2(𝐱)+\frac{1}{2}V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }^t(𝐱))\varphi ^2(𝐱)\right]f^t[\varphi ()].$$
$`(1.6)`$
There are more complicated semiclassical states that also approximately satisfy the functional Schrodinger equation ($`(1.2)`$). These ansatzes correspond to the Maslov theory of Lagrangian manifolds with complex germs . They are discussed in section 5.

However, the QFT divergences lead to the following difficulties.

It is not evident how one should specify the class of possible functionals $`f`$ and introduce the inner product on such a space via functional integral. This class was constructed in . In particular, it was found when the Gaussian functional

$$f[\varphi ()]=const\mathrm{exp}(\frac{i}{2}𝑑𝐱𝑑𝐲\varphi (𝐱)\varphi (𝐲)(𝐱,𝐲))$$
$`(1.7)`$
belongs to this class. The condition on the quadratic form $``$ which was obtained in  depends on $`\mathrm{\Phi }`$, $`\mathrm{\Pi }`$ and differs from the analogous condition in the free theory. This is in agreement with the statement of  that nonequivalent representations of the canonical commutation relations at different moments of time should be considered if QFT in the strong external field is investigated in the leading order in $`\lambda `$. However, this does not lead to non-unitarity of the exact theory: the simple example has been presented in .

Another problem is to formulate the semiclassical theory in terms of the axiomatic field theory. Section 2 deals with formulation of axioms of relativistic invariance and field for the semiclassical theory. Section 3 is devoted to construction of Poincare transformations. In section 4 the notion of semiclassical field is investigated. More complicated semiclassical states are constructed in section 5. Section 6 contains concluding remarks.

## 2 Axioms of semiclassical field theory

In the Wightman axiomatic approach the main object of QFT is a notion of a state space . Formula ($`(1.3)`$) shows us that in the semiclassical field theory a state at fixed moment of time should be viewed as a set $`(S,\mathrm{\Pi }(),\mathrm{\Phi }(),f[\varphi ()])`$ of a real number $`S`$, real functions $`\mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱)`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)`$, $`𝐱𝐑^d`$ and a functional $`f[\varphi ()]`$ from some class. This class depends on $`\mathrm{\Pi }`$ and $`\mathrm{\Phi }`$. Superposition of semiclassical states $`(S_1,\mathrm{\Pi }_1,\mathrm{\Phi }_1,f_1)`$ and $`(S_2,\mathrm{\Pi }_2,\mathrm{\Phi }_2,f_2)`$ is of the semiclassical type ($`(1.3)`$) if and only if $`S_1=S_2`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }_1=\mathrm{\Phi }_2`$, $`\mathrm{\Pi }_1=\mathrm{\Pi }_2`$.

Thus, one introduces  the structure of a vector bundle (called as a ”semiclassical bundle” in ) on the set of semiclassical states of the type ($`(1.3)`$). The base of the bundle being a space of sets $`(S,\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi })`$ (”extended phase space” ) will be denoted as $`𝒳`$. The fibers are classes of functionals which depend on $`\mathrm{\Phi }`$ and $`\mathrm{\Pi }`$. Making use of the result concerning the class of functionals , one makes the bundle trivial as follows. Consider the $`\mathrm{\Phi }`$, $`\mathrm{\Pi }`$\- dependent mapping $`V`$ which defines a correspondence between functionals $`f`$ and elements of the Fock space $``$:

$$V:\mathrm{\Psi }f,\mathrm{\Psi },f=f[\varphi ()].$$

as follows. Let $`\stackrel{~}{}(𝐱,𝐲)`$ be an $`\mathrm{\Phi }`$, $`\mathrm{\Pi }`$ \- dependent symmetric function such that its imaginary part is a kernel of a positively definite operator and the condition of ref.  (see eq.($`(3.73)`$) of subsection 3.6) is satisfied. . By $`\widehat{}`$ we denote the operator with kernel $`\stackrel{~}{}`$, while $`\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}`$ has a kernel $`i^1(\stackrel{~}{}\stackrel{~}{}^{})`$. The vacuum vector of the Fock space corresponds to the Gaussian functional ($`(1.7)`$). The operator $`V`$ is uniquely defined from the relations

$$\begin{array}{c}V^1\varphi (𝐱)V=i(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}(A^+A^{}))(𝐱),\\ V^1\frac{1}{i}\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi (𝐱)}V=i(\widehat{}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}A^+\widehat{}^{}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}A^{})(𝐱).\end{array}$$
$`(2.1)`$
Here $`A^\pm (𝐱)`$ are creation and annihilation operators in the Fock space.

Definition 2.1. A semiclassical state is a point on the trivial bundle $`𝒳\times 𝒳`$.

An important postulate of QFT is Poincare invariance. This means that a representation of the Poincare group in the state space should be specified. For each Poincare transformation of the form

$$x^{}{}_{}{}^{\mu }=\mathrm{\Lambda }_\nu ^\mu x^\nu +a^\mu ,\mu ,\nu =\overline{0,d}$$
$`(2.2)`$
which is denoted as $`(a,\mathrm{\Lambda })`$, the unitary operator $`𝒰_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ should be specified. The group property

$$𝒰_{(a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)}𝒰_{(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}=𝒰_{(a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}$$

with

$$(a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)=(a_1+\mathrm{\Lambda }_1a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1\mathrm{\Lambda }_2).$$

should be satisfied.

Formulate an analog of the Poincare invariance axiom for the semiclassical theory. Suppose that the Poincare transformation $`𝒰_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ takes any semiclassical state $`(X,f)`$ to a semiclassical state $`(\stackrel{~}{X},\stackrel{~}{f})`$ in the leading order in $`\lambda ^{1/2}`$. Denote $`\stackrel{~}{X}=u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X`$, $`\stackrel{~}{f}=U(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX)f`$.

Axiom 1 (Poincare invariance)
( ) the mappings $`u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}:𝒳𝒳`$ are specified, the group properties for them $`u_{a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1}u_{a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2}=u_{(a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}`$ are satisfied;
( ) for all $`X𝒳`$ the unitary operators $`U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX):`$, obeying the group property

$$\begin{array}{c}U_{a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1}(u_{(a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}Xu_{(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}X)U_{a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2}(u_{(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}XX)=\\ U_{(a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}(u_{(a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}XX)\end{array}$$

are specified.

An important feature of QFT is the notion of a field: it is assumed that an operator distribution $`\widehat{\phi }(𝐱,t)`$ is specified. Investigate it in the semiclassical theory. Applying the operator $`\phi (𝐱)`$ to the semiclassical state ($`(1.3)`$), we obtain an analogous state:

$$e^{\frac{i}{\lambda }S^t}e^{\frac{i}{\lambda }{\scriptscriptstyle 𝑑𝐱\mathrm{\Pi }^t(𝐱)[\phi (𝐱)\sqrt{\lambda }\mathrm{\Phi }^t(𝐱)]}}\stackrel{~}{f}^t(\phi ()\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }^t()}{\sqrt{\lambda }}),$$

where

$$\stackrel{~}{f}^t[\varphi ()]=(\lambda ^{1/2}\mathrm{\Phi }^t(𝐱)+\varphi (𝐱))f^t[\varphi ()]$$

As $`\lambda 0`$, one has

$$\widehat{\phi }(𝐱,t)=\lambda ^{1/2}\mathrm{\Phi }^t(𝐱)+\widehat{\varphi }(𝐱,t:X),$$

where $`\widehat{\varphi }(𝐱,t:X)`$ is a $`\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi }`$-dependent operator in $``$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }^t(𝐱)\mathrm{\Phi }(x:X)`$ is a solution to the Cauchy problem for eq.($`(1.5)`$). The field axiom can be reformulated as follows.

Axiom 2. For each $`X𝒳`$ the operator distribution $`\varphi (𝐱,t;X):`$ is specified.

An important feature of the relativistic quantum field theory is the property of Poincare invariance of fields. The operator distribution $`\widehat{\phi }(𝐱,t)`$ should obey the following property

$$𝒰_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}\widehat{\phi }(x)=\widehat{\phi }(\mathrm{\Lambda }x+a)𝒰_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}.$$

Apply this identity to a semiclassical state $`(X,f)`$. In leading orders in $`\lambda ^{1/2}`$, one obtains:

$$\begin{array}{c}\lambda ^{1/2}\mathrm{\Phi }(x:X)(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X,U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX)f)+(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X,U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX)\widehat{\varphi }(x:X)f)=\\ \lambda ^{1/2}\mathrm{\Phi }(\mathrm{\Lambda }x+a:u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X)(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X,U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX)f)\\ +(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X,\widehat{\varphi }(\mathrm{\Lambda }x+a:u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X)U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX)f).\end{array}$$

Therefore, we formulate the following axiom.

Axiom 3. (Poincare invariance of fields). The following properties are satisfied:

$$\mathrm{\Phi }(x:X)=\mathrm{\Phi }(\mathrm{\Lambda }x+a:u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X);$$
$`(2.3)`$
$$\widehat{\varphi }(\mathrm{\Lambda }x+a:u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X)U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX)=U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX)\widehat{\varphi }(x:X).$$
$`(2.4)`$
## 3 Construction of the Poincare transformations

This section is devoted to the problem of relativistic invariance of the semiclassical field theory. The axiom 1 will be checked. The mappings $`u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ and unitary operators $`U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ are to be specified, the group property is to be justified.

### 3.1 Heuristic definition

Consider some special cases of Poincare transformations $`(a,\mathrm{\Lambda })`$. The transformation $`(a,1)`$ is called translation. If $`a^0=0`$, this is a spatial translation, while the $`𝐚=0`$-case corresponds to the time translation or evolution. The transformation $`(0,\mathrm{\Lambda })\mathrm{\Lambda }`$ is called as a Lorentz transformation. If $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=\mathrm{\Lambda }_\tau `$,

$$\mathrm{\Lambda }_\tau =\left(\begin{array}{cc}\begin{array}{cc}\mathrm{cosh}\tau & \mathrm{sinh}\tau \\ \mathrm{sinh}\tau & \mathrm{cosh}\tau \end{array}& 0\\ 0& 1\end{array}\right)$$
$`(3.1)`$
the Lorentz transformation is called as $`x^1`$-boost. If

$$\mathrm{\Lambda }=\left(\begin{array}{cc}1& 0\\ 0& L\end{array}\right)$$

the Lorentz transformation is called as a spatial rotation. Let $`L_𝐧`$ be such a spatial rotation that

$$L_𝐧𝐧=𝐞_1,$$
$`(3.2)`$
where $`𝐞_1`$ is a spatial vector of the form $`(1,0,0,\mathrm{})`$. The transformation

$$\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\varphi 𝐧}=L_𝐧^1\mathrm{\Lambda }_\varphi L_𝐧$$
$`(3.3)`$
will be called as $`𝐧`$-boost. It does not depend on choice of $`L_𝐧`$. Namely, let $`L_𝐧^{(1)}`$ and $`L_𝐧^{(2)}`$ be spatial rotations obeying eq.($`(3.2)`$). Then $`L_𝐧^{(1)}(L_𝐧^{(2)})^1𝐞_1=𝐞_1`$. Therefore, the transformations $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\varphi `$ and $`L_𝐧^{(1)}(L_𝐧^{(2)})^1`$ commute. Thus, $`(L_𝐧^{(1)})^1\mathrm{\Lambda }_\varphi L_𝐧^{(1)}=(L_𝐧^{(2)})^1\mathrm{\Lambda }_\varphi L_𝐧^{(2)}`$.

Lemma 3.1.  Let $`(a,\mathrm{\Lambda })`$ be a Poincare transformation. It is uniquely presented as

$$(a,\mathrm{\Lambda })=(a,1)\mathrm{\Lambda }_\stackrel{}{\varphi }L,$$

where $`\mathrm{\Lambda }_\stackrel{}{\varphi }`$ is a boost, $`L`$ is a spatial rotation.

Proof. It follows from ($`(2.2)`$) that $`(a,\mathrm{\Lambda })=(a,1)\mathrm{\Lambda }`$. Let us show that $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=\mathrm{\Lambda }_\stackrel{}{\varphi }L`$ and this decomposition is unique. Consider the transformation $`x^{}=\mathrm{\Lambda }x`$:

$$\begin{array}{c}x^{}_{}{}^{}0=ax^0+\beta _ix^i,\\ x^{}_{}{}^{}i=\gamma ^ix^0+\mathrm{\Lambda }_k^ix^k.\end{array}$$

Let $`L^{(1)}`$ be such a rotation that $`L^{(1)}\stackrel{}{\gamma }=\stackrel{}{\gamma }𝐞_1`$. Consider the transformation $`y^{}_{}{}^{}i=(L^{(1)})_j^ix^{}_{}{}^{}j`$, $`y^{}_{}{}^{}0=x^{}_{}{}^{}0`$. One has

$$\begin{array}{c}y^{}_{}{}^{}0=ax^0+\beta _ix^i;\\ y^{}_{}{}^{}1=\stackrel{}{\gamma }x^0+A_k^1x^k;\\ y^{}_{}{}^{}\beta =A_\rho ^\beta x^\rho .\end{array}$$

where $`\beta ,\rho =\overline{2,d}`$, $`i,k=\overline{1,d}`$. Since $`a^2\stackrel{}{\gamma }^2=1`$, set $`a=\mathrm{cosh}\varphi `$, $`\stackrel{}{\gamma }=\mathrm{sinh}\varphi `$. Denote $`z^{}=\mathrm{\Lambda }_\varphi ^1y^{}`$. One has

$$\begin{array}{c}z^{}_{}{}^{}0=x^0+\stackrel{~}{\beta }_ix^i,\\ z^{}_{}{}^{}i=B_j^ix^j.\end{array}$$

Therefore, $`\stackrel{~}{\beta }_i=0`$. This is a rotation $`L^{(2)}`$ then. Thus, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=(L^{(1)})^1\mathrm{\Lambda }_\varphi L^{(1)}(L^{(1)})^1L^{(2)}=\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\varphi 𝐧}L`$ with $`𝐧=\stackrel{}{\gamma }/\stackrel{}{\gamma }`$. This decomposition is unique. Lemma 3.1 is proved.

To construct mappings $`u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ and operators $`U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$, one may consider first the partial cases (time evolution, spatial translations, $`x^1`$ or $`𝐧`$-boost, spatial rotations) and then use the group property.

First of all, let us consider the representation of the Poincare group $`\stackrel{~}{U}_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ in the functional Schrodinger representation. Formally, they are related with $`U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ by the relation

$$\stackrel{~}{U}_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX)=V_{u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X}U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX)V_X^1.$$
$`(3.4)`$
To construct operators $`\stackrel{~}{U}_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ and mappings $`u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$, let us use formal expressions for the Poincare transformations in the ”exact” field theory. Namely, the (formally) unitary operator $`𝒰_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ corresponding to the Poincare transformation

$$(a,\mathrm{\Lambda })=(a^0,0)(𝐚,0)\mathrm{exp}(\alpha ^kl^{0k})\mathrm{exp}(\frac{1}{2}\theta _{sm}l^{sm})$$

where $`\theta _{sm}=theta_{ms}`$,

$$(l^{\lambda \mu })_\beta ^\alpha =g^{\lambda \alpha }\delta _\beta ^\mu +g^{\mu \alpha }\delta _\beta ^\lambda ,$$

has the form

$$𝒰_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}=\mathrm{exp}[i𝒫^0a^0]\mathrm{exp}[i𝒫^ja^j]\mathrm{exp}[i\alpha ^k^{0k}]\mathrm{exp}[\frac{i}{2}^{lm}\theta _{lm}].$$
$`(3.5)`$
The momentum and angular momentum operators entering to formula ($`(3.5)`$) have the well-known form (see, for example, )

$$𝒫^\mu =𝑑𝐱T^{\mu 0}(𝐱),^{\mu \lambda }=𝑑𝐱[x^\mu T^{\lambda 0}(𝐱)x^\lambda T^{\mu 0}(𝐱)],$$
$`(3.6)`$
where formally

$$T^{00}=\frac{1}{2}\widehat{\pi }^2+\frac{1}{2}_i\widehat{\phi }_i\widehat{\phi }+\frac{m^2}{2}\widehat{\phi }^2+\frac{1}{\lambda }V(\sqrt{\lambda }\widehat{\phi }),T^{k0}=_k\widehat{\phi }\widehat{\pi }.$$

We are going to apply the operator ($`(3.5)`$) to the semiclassical state ($`(1.3)`$). Note that the operators $`𝒫^\mu `$ and $`^{\mu \nu }`$ ($`(3.6)`$) depend on field $`\widehat{\phi }`$ and momentum $`\widehat{\pi }`$ semiclassically,

$$𝒫^\mu =\frac{1}{\lambda }P^\mu (\sqrt{\lambda }\widehat{\pi }(),\sqrt{\lambda }\widehat{\phi }()),^{\mu \nu }=\frac{1}{\lambda }M^{\mu \nu }(\sqrt{\lambda }\widehat{\pi }(),\sqrt{\lambda }\widehat{\phi }()),$$

It is convenient to consider the more general problem (cf.).Let us find as $`\lambda 0`$ the state

$$\mathrm{exp}(i𝒜)K_{S^0,\mathrm{\Pi }^0,\mathrm{\Phi }^0}f^0,$$
$`(3.7)`$
where $`K_{S,\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi }}`$ has the form ($`(1.3)`$),

$$𝒜=\frac{1}{\lambda }A(\sqrt{\lambda }\widehat{\pi }(),\sqrt{\lambda }\widehat{\phi }()).$$

Note that the state functional ($`(3.7)`$) may be viewed as a solution to the Cauchy problem of the form

$$\begin{array}{c}i\frac{\mathrm{\Psi }^\tau }{\tau }=\frac{1}{\lambda }A(\frac{\sqrt{\lambda }}{i}\frac{\delta }{\delta \phi ()},\sqrt{\lambda }\phi ())\mathrm{\Psi }^\tau ,\\ \mathrm{\Psi }^0[\phi ()]=(K_{S^0,\mathrm{\Pi }^0,\mathrm{\Phi }^0}f^0)[\phi ()]\end{array}$$
$`(3.8)`$
at $`\tau =1`$. Let us look for the asymptotic solution to eq.($`(3.8)`$) in the following form:

$$\mathrm{\Psi }^\tau [\phi ()]=(K_{S^\tau ,\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau ,\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau }f^\tau )[\phi ()].$$
$`(3.9)`$
Substitution of functional ($`(3.9)`$) to eq.($`(3.8)`$) gives us the following relation:

$$\begin{array}{c}[\frac{1}{\lambda }(\dot{S}^\tau 𝑑𝐱\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau (𝐱)\dot{\mathrm{\Phi }}^\tau (𝐱))\frac{1}{\sqrt{\lambda }}𝑑𝐱(\dot{\mathrm{\Pi }}^\tau (𝐱)\varphi (𝐱)+\dot{\mathrm{\Phi }}^\tau (𝐱)i\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi (𝐱)})+i\frac{}{\tau }]f^\tau [\varphi ()]=\\ \frac{1}{\lambda }A(\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau ()i\sqrt{\lambda }\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi ()},\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau ()+\sqrt{\lambda }\varphi ())f^\tau [\varphi ()].\end{array}$$
$`(3.10)`$
Considering the terms of the orders $`O(\lambda ^1)`$, $`O(\lambda ^{1/2})`$ and $`O(1)`$ in eq.($`(3.10)`$), we obtain

$$\dot{S}^\tau =𝑑𝐱\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau (𝐱)\dot{\mathrm{\Phi }}^\tau (𝐱)A(\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau (),\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau ()),$$
$`(3.11)`$
$$\dot{\mathrm{\Phi }}^\tau (𝐱)=\frac{\delta A(\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau (),\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau ())}{\delta \mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱)},\dot{\mathrm{\Pi }}^\tau (𝐱)=\frac{\delta A(\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau (),\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau ())}{\delta \mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)},$$
$`(3.12)`$
$$\begin{array}{c}i\frac{f^\tau [\varphi ()]}{\tau }=(d𝐱d𝐲[\frac{1}{2}\frac{1}{i}\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi (𝐱)}\frac{\delta ^2A}{\delta \mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱)\delta \mathrm{\Pi }(𝐲)}\frac{1}{i}\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi (𝐲)}+\\ \varphi (𝐱)\frac{\delta ^2A}{\delta \mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)\delta \mathrm{\Pi }(𝐲)}\frac{1}{i}\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi (𝐲)}+\frac{1}{2}\varphi (𝐱)\frac{\delta ^2A}{\delta \mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)\delta \mathrm{\Phi }(𝐲)}\varphi (𝐲)]+A_1)f^\tau [\varphi ()].\end{array}$$
$`(3.13)`$
Here $`A_1`$ is a c-number quantity which depends on the ordering of the operators $`\widehat{\phi }`$ and $`\widehat{\pi }`$ and is relevant to the renormalization problem.

We see that for the cases $`𝒜=𝒫^0a^0`$, $`𝒜=𝒫^ja^j`$, $`𝒜=\alpha ^k^{0k}`$, $`𝒜=\frac{1}{2}\theta _{sm}^{sm}`$ the mapping $`u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ takes the initial condition for the system ($`(3.11)`$), ($`(3.12)`$) to the solution of the Cauchy problem for this system at $`\tau =1`$. The operators $`\stackrel{~}{U}_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ transforms the initial condition for eq.($`(3.13)`$) to the solution at $`\tau =1`$.

### 3.2 Poincare invariance of the classical theory

The purpose of this subsection is to find explicit forms of mappings $`u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$. Consider some special cases.

#### 3.2.1 Spatial rotations

For this case, $`a=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=L=\mathrm{exp}(\frac{1}{2}l^{sm}\theta _{sm})`$, so that $`L_l^k=(\mathrm{exp}\theta )_l^k`$, where $`\theta `$ is an antisymmetric matrix with elements $`\theta _{kl}`$. One has $`𝒜=\frac{1}{2}\theta _{sm}^{sm}`$, so that

$$A[\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi }]=\frac{1}{2}𝑑𝐱\mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱)\theta _{sm}(x^s_mx^m_s)\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)$$
$`(3.14)`$
with $`_m\frac{}{x^m}`$. System ($`(3.11)`$), ($`(3.12)`$) takes the form

$$\begin{array}{c}\dot{\mathrm{\Phi }}^\tau (𝐱)=\frac{1}{2}\theta _{sm}(x^s_mx^m_s)\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau (𝐱),\\ \dot{\mathrm{\Pi }}^\tau (𝐱)=\frac{1}{2}\theta _{sm}(x^s_mx^m_s)\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau (𝐱),\\ \dot{S}^\tau =0.\end{array}$$
$`(3.15)`$
Eqs.($`(3.15)`$) can be represented as

$$\frac{}{\tau }\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau (\mathrm{exp}(\frac{\tau }{2}\theta _{sm}l^{sm})𝐱)=0,\frac{}{\tau }\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau (\mathrm{exp}(\frac{\tau }{2}\theta _{sm}l^{sm})𝐱)=0.$$

Therefore, $`\mathrm{\Phi }^1(L𝐱)=\mathrm{\Phi }^0(𝐱)`$, $`\mathrm{\Pi }^1(L𝐱)=\mathrm{\Pi }^0(𝐱)`$, so that

$$\mathrm{\Phi }^1(𝐱)=\mathrm{\Phi }^0(L^1𝐱),\mathrm{\Pi }^1(𝐱)=\mathrm{\Pi }^0(L^1𝐱),S^1=S^0.$$
$`(3.16)`$
#### 3.2.2 Spatial translations

For this case, $`a^0=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=1`$, so that $`𝒜=𝒫^ja^j`$ and

$$A[\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi }]=𝑑𝐱a^k_k\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)\mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱).$$
$`(3.17)`$
System ($`(3.11)`$), ($`(3.12)`$) takes the form

$$\dot{\mathrm{\Phi }}^\tau (𝐱)=a^k_k\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau (𝐱),\dot{\mathrm{\Pi }}^\tau (𝐱)=a^k_k\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau (𝐱),\dot{S}^\tau =0.$$
$`(3.18)`$
Therefore,

$$\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau (𝐱)=\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱𝐚\tau ),\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau (𝐱)=\mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱𝐚\tau ),S^\tau =S^0.$$
$`(3.19)`$
#### 3.2.3 Evolution transformation

Let $`a^0=t`$, $`𝐚=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=1`$. Then $`A[\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi }]`$ is a classical Hamiltonian, so that $`u_{t,0,1}`$ is a mapping taking the initial condition for system ($`(1.4)`$), ($`(1.5)`$) to the solution of the corresponding Cauchy problem.

#### 3.2.4 The $`𝐧`$-boost

Let $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\tau 𝐧}`$ have the form ($`(3.3)`$), $`a=0`$. Then $`𝒜=n^k^{k0}`$, so that

$$A[\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi }]=𝑑𝐱n^kx^k[\frac{1}{2}\mathrm{\Pi }^2(𝐱)+\frac{1}{2}(\mathrm{\Phi })^2(𝐱)+\frac{m^2}{2}\mathrm{\Phi }^2(𝐱)+V_i(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))]$$
$`(3.20)`$
System ($`(3.11)`$), ($`(3.12)`$) takes the form:

$$\begin{array}{c}\dot{\mathrm{\Phi }}^\tau (𝐱)=n^kx^k\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau (𝐱),\\ \dot{\mathrm{\Pi }}^\tau (𝐱)=x^kn^k\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau (𝐱)+x^kn^k(m^2\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau (𝐱)+V_i{}_{}{}^{}(\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau (𝐱))),\\ \dot{S}^\tau =d𝐱[\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau (𝐱)\dot{\mathrm{\Phi }}^\tau (𝐱)x^kn^k[\frac{1}{2}(\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau (𝐱))^2+\frac{1}{2}(\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau (𝐱))^2+\frac{m^2}{2}(\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau (𝐱))^2+V(\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau (𝐱))].\end{array}$$
$`(3.21)`$
#### 3.2.5 General formulas

Let $`(a,\mathrm{\Lambda })`$be an arbitrary Poincare transformation. It happens that the mapping $`u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}:(S,\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi })(\stackrel{~}{S},\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Pi }},\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }})`$ has the following form. Let $`\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱,t)\mathrm{\Phi }(x)`$ be a solution of the Cauchy problem

$$\begin{array}{c}_\mu ^\mu \mathrm{\Phi }(x)+m^2\mathrm{\Phi }(x)+V_i{}_{}{}^{}(\mathrm{\Phi }(x))=0,\\ \mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱,0)=\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱),\frac{}{t}\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱,t)|_{t=0}=\mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱).\end{array}$$
$`(3.22)`$
Denote

$$\stackrel{˘}{\mathrm{\Phi }}(x)=\mathrm{\Phi }(\mathrm{\Lambda }^1(xa)).$$

It appears that

$$\begin{array}{c}\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}(𝐱)=\stackrel{˘}{\mathrm{\Phi }}(𝐱,0),\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Pi }}(𝐱)=\frac{}{t}\stackrel{˘}{\mathrm{\Phi }}(𝐱,t)|_{t=0},\\ \stackrel{~}{S}=S+𝑑x[\theta (x^0)\theta ((\mathrm{\Lambda }x+a)^0)\theta (x^0)\theta ((\mathrm{\Lambda }x+a)^0)]\\ \times [\frac{1}{2}_\mu \mathrm{\Phi }(x)^\mu \mathrm{\Phi }(x)\frac{m^2}{2}\mathrm{\Phi }^2(x)V_i(\mathrm{\Phi }(x)).\end{array}$$
$`(3.23)`$
First of all, show that eqs.($`(3.23)`$) are correct for the partial cases mentioned above. For spatial translations and rotations formulas ($`(3.23)`$) give $`\stackrel{~}{S}=S`$, $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}(𝐱)=\mathrm{\Phi }(L^1(𝐱𝐚))`$, $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Pi }}(𝐱)=\mathrm{\Pi }(L^1(𝐱𝐚))`$. This coincides with eqs.($`(3.16)`$), ($`(3.19)`$). For evolution transformation, eqs.($`(3.23)`$) are in agreement with eqs.($`(1.4)`$), ($`(1.5)`$). Let us check formulas ($`(3.23)`$) for the $`x^1`$-boost, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=\mathrm{\Lambda }_\tau `$. One has

$$\begin{array}{c}\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_\tau (𝐱)=\mathrm{\Phi }(x^1\mathrm{cosh}\tau +x^0\mathrm{sinh}\tau ,x^2,\mathrm{},x^d,x^0\mathrm{cosh}\tau +x^1\mathrm{sinh}\tau )|_{x^0=0},\\ \stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Pi }}_\tau (𝐱)=\frac{}{x^0}\mathrm{\Phi }(x^1\mathrm{cosh}\tau +x^0\mathrm{sinh}\tau ,x^2,\mathrm{},x^d,x^0\mathrm{cosh}\tau +x^1\mathrm{sinh}\tau )|_{x^0=0},\end{array}$$

The functions $`\mathrm{\Phi }_\tau `$, $`\mathrm{\Pi }_\tau `$ obey system ($`(3.21)`$). For the integral for $`\stackrel{~}{S}`$, consider the substitution $`x^0=y^1\mathrm{sinh}\stackrel{~}{\tau }`$, $`x^1=y^1\mathrm{cosh}\stackrel{~}{\tau }`$, $`x^2=y^2`$,…, $`x^d=y^d`$. One finds

$$\stackrel{~}{S}^\tau =S+_0^\tau 𝑑\stackrel{~}{\tau }y^1𝑑𝐲[\frac{1}{2}(\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Pi }}_\tau (𝐲))^2\frac{1}{2}(\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_\tau (𝐲))^2\frac{m^2}{2}\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_\tau ^2(𝐲)V(\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}_\tau (𝐲))]$$

This agrees with ($`(3.21)`$).

Any Poincare transformation can be obtained as a composition of considered partial cases. To check formulas ($`(3.23)`$) for the general case, it is sufficient to prove the following lemma.

Lemma 3.2. For transformation ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{3.23}\mathit{)}`$), the group property is satisfied.

Proof. Let $`u_{a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1}`$, $`u_{a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2}`$ be Poincare transformations. Show that $`u_{(a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}=u_{a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1}u_{a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2}`$. Let $`u_{(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}(S,\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi })=(\stackrel{~}{S},\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Pi }},\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }})`$, $`u_{(a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)}(\stackrel{~}{S},\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Pi }},\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }})=(\overline{S},\overline{\mathrm{\Pi }},\overline{\mathrm{\Phi }})`$, $`u_{(a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}(S,\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi })=(\underset{¯}{S},\underset{¯}{\mathrm{\Pi }},\underset{¯}{\mathrm{\Phi }})`$. One has $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}(𝐱)=\mathrm{\Phi }(\mathrm{\Lambda }_2^1(xa_2))`$ because of Poincare invariance of ($`(3.22)`$). Therefore, $`\stackrel{˘}{\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }}}(x)=\mathrm{\Phi }(\mathrm{\Lambda }_2^1(\mathrm{\Lambda }_1^1(xa_1)a_2))=\mathrm{\Phi }((\mathrm{\Lambda }_1\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)^1(xa_1\mathrm{\Lambda }_1a_2))`$. We see that $`\underset{¯}{\mathrm{\Pi }}(𝐱)=\overline{\mathrm{\Pi }}(𝐱)`$, $`\underset{¯}{\mathrm{\Phi }}(𝐱)=\overline{\mathrm{\Phi }}(𝐱)`$. Lemma is proved.

We obtain the following corollaries.

Corollary 1. For arbitrary Poincare transformation, $`u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(S,\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi })=(\stackrel{~}{S},\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Pi }},\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }})`$, where $`(\stackrel{~}{S},\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Pi }},\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Phi }})`$ has the form ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{3.23}\mathit{)}`$).

Corollary 2. Property ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{2.3}\mathit{)}`$) is satisfied.

Let us make more precise the definition of the space $`𝒳`$.

Definition 3.1. $`𝒳`$ is a space of sets $`(S,\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi })`$ of a number $`S`$ and functions $`\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi }S(𝐑^d)`$ such that there exists a unique solution of the Cauchy problem ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{3.22}\mathit{)}`$) such that the functions $`\mathrm{\Phi }(\mathrm{\Lambda }x+a)|_{x^0=0}`$ and $`_\mu \mathrm{\Phi }(\mathrm{\Lambda }x+a)|_{x^0=0}`$ are of the class $`S(𝐑^d)`$ for all $`a.\mathrm{\Lambda }`$.

We see that the transformation $`u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}:𝒳𝒳`$ is defined.

#### 3.2.6 Infinitesimal properties

According to formula ($`(A.2)`$) of Appendix A, one can introduce the operators $`\delta [A]`$ on the space of differentiable functionals $`F`$ of $`S`$, $`\mathrm{\Pi }`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }`$ for each element $`A`$ of the Poincare algebra. This operator plays an important role in analysis of algebraic properties of the representation $`U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$.

Elements of Lie algebra of the Poincare group can be identified with sets $`(b^\mu ,\theta ^{\mu \nu })`$, $`\theta ^{\nu \mu }=\theta ^{\mu \nu }`$. The curve on the Poincare group with the tangent vector $`(b,\theta )`$ can be chosen to be

$$(a(\tau ),\mathrm{\Lambda }(\tau ))=(\tau b,\mathrm{exp}(\tau \theta ^{0k}l_{0k})\mathrm{exp}(\frac{\tau }{2}\theta ^{km}l_{km})).$$

The operator $`\delta [(b,\theta )]`$ is a linear combination of $`b,\theta `$:

$$\delta [(b,\theta )]=\frac{1}{2}\theta _{lm}\delta _M^{lm}b^k\delta _P^k\theta _{0m}\delta _B^m+b^0\delta _H.$$

Let us find the coefficients from eqs.($`(3.15)`$), ($`(3.19)`$), ($`(1.5)`$), ($`(3.21)`$). Let $`F`$ be a differentiable functional of $`S`$, $`\mathrm{\Pi }`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }`$.

1. Let $`\theta =0`$, $`b^0=0`$, $`𝐛0`$. Then

$$b^k\delta _P^kF=b^k𝑑𝐱\left(\frac{\delta F}{\delta \mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)}_k\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)+\frac{\delta F}{\delta \mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱)}_k\mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱)\right)$$

2. For $`\theta ^{0k}=0`$, $`b=0`$, one has

$$\frac{1}{2}\theta _{lm}\delta _M^{lm}F=\frac{1}{2}\theta _{lm}𝑑𝐱((x^l_mx^m_l)\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)\frac{\delta F}{\delta \mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)}+(x^l_mx^m_l)\mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱)\frac{\delta F}{\delta \mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱)}).$$

3. For $`b^00`$, $`𝐛=0`$, $`\theta =0`$

$$\begin{array}{c}b^0\delta _HF=b^0𝑑𝐱\left[\mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱)\frac{\delta F}{\delta \mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)}(\mathrm{\Delta }\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)+m^2\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)+V^{}(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)))\frac{\delta F}{\delta \mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱)}\right]\\ b^0\frac{F}{S}𝑑𝐱[\frac{1}{2}\mathrm{\Pi }^2(𝐱)\frac{1}{2}(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))^2\frac{m^2}{2}\mathrm{\Phi }^2(𝐱)V(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))].\end{array}$$

4. For boost transformation $`\theta ^{0k}0`$, $`\theta ^{lm}=0`$, $`b=0`$ and

$$\begin{array}{c}\theta _{0m}\delta _B^mF=\theta _{0m}𝑑𝐱[x^m\mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱)\frac{\delta F}{\delta \mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)}(_ix^m_i\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)+x^mm^2\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)+x^mV^{}(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)))\frac{\delta F}{\delta \mathrm{\Pi }(𝐱)}]+\\ \theta _{0m}\frac{F}{S}𝑑𝐱x^m[\frac{1}{2}\mathrm{\Pi }^2(𝐱)\frac{1}{2}(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))^2\frac{m^2}{2}\mathrm{\Phi }^2(𝐱)V(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))].\end{array}$$

The introduced operators obey usual properties of the Poincare algebra ($`(A.5)`$):

$$[i\delta _P^k,i\delta _H]=0;[i\delta _M^{lm},i\delta _P^s]=i(g^{ms}i\delta _P^lg^{ls}i\delta _P^m);[i\delta _P^k,i\delta _P^l]=0.$$

$$[i\delta _M^{kl},i\delta _H]=0;[i\delta _B^k,i\delta _P^s]=ig^{ks}i\delta _H;$$

$$[i\delta _M^{lm},i\delta _M^{rs}]=i(g^{lr}i\delta _M^{ms}g^{mr}i\delta _M^{ls}+g^{ms}i\delta _M^{lr}g^{ls}i\delta _M^{mr});$$

$$[i\delta _M^{lm},i\delta _B^k]=i(g^{lk}i\delta _B^mg^{mk}i\delta _B^l);$$

$$[i\delta _B^k,i\delta _H]=\delta _P^k,[i\delta _B^k,i\delta _B^l]=\delta _M^{kl}.$$

### 3.3 Semiclassical Poincare transformations in the functional representation

We have formally found the operators $`\stackrel{~}{U}_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$. However, it is not easy to check the group property. Therefore, construct the representation of the Poincare algebra according to Appendix A. Then we will check the algebraic property. The group property will be a corollary of the results of Appendix A.

Let us construct the operators $`\stackrel{~}{H}((b,\theta ):S,\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi })`$ ($`(A.7)`$) for elements of the Poincare algebra:

$$\stackrel{~}{H}((b,\theta ):S,\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi })=\frac{1}{2}\theta _{lm}\stackrel{~}{M}^{lm}+b^k\stackrel{~}{P}^k+\theta _{0m}\stackrel{~}{B}^mb^0H.$$

Consider some cases.

#### 3.3.1 Spatial rotations

For this case, $`a=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=L=\mathrm{exp}(\frac{\tau }{2}\theta _{sm}l^{sm})`$, $`𝒜=\frac{1}{2}\theta _{sm}^{sm}`$, $`A`$ has the form ($`(3.14)`$). Therefore, eq.($`(3.13)`$) takes the form

$$i\dot{f}^\tau =\frac{1}{2}\theta _{sm}𝑑𝐱(x^s_mx^m_s)\varphi (𝐱)\frac{1}{i}\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi (𝐱)}f^\tau .$$

It follows from eq.($`(A.7)`$) that

$$\stackrel{~}{M}^{sm}=𝑑𝐱[(x^s_mx^m_s)\varphi (𝐱)]\frac{1}{i}\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi (𝐱)}.$$
$`(3.24)`$
#### 3.3.2 Spatial translations

Let $`a^0=0`$, $`𝐚=𝐛\tau `$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=1`$. Then $`𝒜=𝒫^ka^k`$, $`A`$ has the form ($`(3.17)`$). Eq.($`(3.13)`$) takes the form

$$i\dot{f}^\tau =b^k𝑑𝐱_k\varphi (𝐱)\frac{1}{i}\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi (𝐱)}f^\tau .$$

Therefore,

$$\stackrel{~}{P}^k=𝑑𝐱_k\varphi (𝐱)\frac{1}{i}\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi (𝐱)}.$$
$`(3.25)`$
#### 3.3.3 Evolution transformation

Let $`a^0=\tau `$, $`𝐚=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=1`$. Then $`A`$ is a classical Hamiltonian, eq.($`(3.13)`$) takes the form ($`(1.6)`$). $`\stackrel{~}{H}`$ takes the form

$$\stackrel{~}{H}=d𝐱[\frac{1}{2}\frac{\delta ^2}{\delta \varphi (𝐱)\delta \varphi (𝐱)}+\frac{1}{2}(\varphi )^2(𝐱)+\frac{m^2}{2}\varphi ^2(𝐱)+\frac{1}{2}V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))\varphi ^2(𝐱).]$$
$`(3.26)`$
#### 3.3.4 The $`𝐧`$-boost

Let $`a=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\tau 𝐧}`$ have the form ($`(3.3)`$), so that $`\theta _{k0}=n^k=\theta _{0k}`$. Then $`𝒜=n^k^{k0}`$, $`A`$ has the form ($`(3.20)`$), so that eq.($`(3.13)`$) takes the form:

$$i\dot{f}^\tau =𝑑𝐱n^kx^k\left[\frac{1}{2}\frac{\delta ^2}{\delta \varphi (𝐱)\delta \varphi (𝐱)}+\frac{1}{2}(\varphi )^2(𝐱)+\frac{m^2}{2}\varphi ^2(𝐱)+\frac{1}{2}V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))\varphi ^2(𝐱)\right]f^\tau .$$

Therefore,

$$\stackrel{~}{B}^m=𝑑𝐱x^m\left[\frac{1}{2}\frac{\delta ^2}{\delta \varphi (𝐱)\delta \varphi (𝐱)}+\frac{1}{2}(\varphi )^2(𝐱)+\frac{m^2}{2}\varphi ^2(𝐱)+\frac{1}{2}V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))\varphi ^2(𝐱)\right].$$
$`(3.27)`$
Note that the divergences in these operators are to be eliminated by adding $`c`$-number quantities to them.

#### 3.3.5 Properties of infinitesimal transformations

For operators

$$\stackrel{˘}{\stackrel{~}{M}}^{ms}=\stackrel{~}{M}^{ms}+i\delta _M^{ms},\stackrel{˘}{\stackrel{~}{P}}^m=\stackrel{~}{P}^m+i\delta _P^m,\stackrel{˘}{\stackrel{~}{P}}^0=\stackrel{~}{H}^m+i\delta _H,\stackrel{˘}{\stackrel{~}{M}}^{k0}=\stackrel{~}{B}^k+i\delta _B^k$$

the commutation relations of the Poincare algebra

$$[\stackrel{˘}{\stackrel{~}{P}}^\lambda ,\stackrel{˘}{\stackrel{~}{P}}^\mu ]=0;[\stackrel{˘}{\stackrel{~}{M}}^{\lambda \mu },\stackrel{˘}{\stackrel{~}{P}}^\sigma ]=i(g^{\mu \sigma }\stackrel{˘}{\stackrel{~}{P}}^\lambda g^{\lambda \sigma }\stackrel{˘}{\stackrel{~}{P}}^\mu )$$

$$[\stackrel{˘}{M}^{\lambda \mu },\stackrel{˘}{M}^{\rho \sigma }]=i(g^{\lambda \rho }\stackrel{˘}{M}^{\mu \sigma }g^{\mu \rho }\stackrel{˘}{M}^{\lambda \sigma }+g^{\mu \sigma }\stackrel{˘}{M}^{\lambda \rho }g^{\lambda \sigma }\stackrel{˘}{M}^{\mu \rho }).$$
$`(3.28)`$
should be satisfied (eq.($`(A.11)`$)). The formal check of these relations is straightforward. However, the functional representation is ill-defined, so that one should use the Fock representations and perform a renormalization.

Find a relationship between operators $`H(A:X)`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{H}(A:X)`$ being generators of representation $`U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ in Fock and Schrodinger pictures. Let $`g(\tau )`$ be a curve on the Poincare group with tangent vector $`A`$. Eq.($`(3.4)`$) implies

$$\stackrel{~}{U}_{g(\tau )}[X]=V_{u_{g(\tau )}X}U_{g(\tau )}[X]V_X^1.$$

Differentiating this relation by $`\tau `$ at $`\tau =0`$, we find

$$i\stackrel{~}{H}(A:X)=\delta [A]V_XV_X^1iV_XH(A:X)V_X^1.$$

Therefore,

$$H(A:X)i\delta [A]=V_X^1(\stackrel{~}{H}(A:X)i\delta [A])V_X.$$

We see that operators

$$\stackrel{˘}{H}(A:X)H(A:X)i\delta [A]=\frac{1}{2}\theta _{lm}\stackrel{˘}{M}^{lm}+b^k\stackrel{˘}{P}^k+\theta _{0m}\stackrel{˘}{B}^mb^0\stackrel{˘}{H}$$

with

$$\begin{array}{c}\stackrel{˘}{M}^{ms}=V_X^1(\stackrel{~}{M}^{ms}+i\delta _M^{ms})V_X,\stackrel{˘}{P}^m=V_X^1(\stackrel{~}{P}^m+i\delta _P^m)V_X,\\ \stackrel{˘}{P}^0=V_X^1(\stackrel{~}{H}^m+i\delta _H)V_X,\stackrel{˘}{M}^{k0}=V_X^1(\stackrel{~}{B}^k+i\delta _B^k)V_X\end{array}$$

formally obey commutation relations ($`(3.28)`$). However, the divergences and renormalization problem should be taken into account.

### 3.4 Poincare transformations in the Fock representation

The purpose of this subsection is to construct Poincare transformations $`U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX)`$ in the Fock space. First of all, we calculate the explicit form of generators. Then we will renormalize the obtained expressions and check the conditions of Appendix A. Then we will construct operators $`U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$ and check the group property.

First of all, investigate some properties of the operator $`V_X`$.

#### 3.4.1 Some properties of the operator $`V`$

Remind that the operator $`V`$ taking the Fock space vector $`\mathrm{\Psi }`$ to the functional $`f[\varphi ()]`$ is defined from the relation

$$V:|0>c\mathrm{exp}[\frac{i}{2}𝑑𝐱𝑑𝐲\stackrel{~}{}(𝐱,𝐲)\varphi (𝐱)\varphi (𝐲)]$$
$`(3.29)`$
and from formulas ($`(2.1)`$) which can be rewritten as

$$\begin{array}{c}VA^+(𝐱)V^1=𝒜^+(𝐱)(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}\widehat{}^{}\varphi \widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}\frac{1}{i}\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi })(𝐱),\\ VA^{}(𝐱)V^1=𝒜^{}(𝐱)(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}\widehat{}\varphi \widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}\frac{1}{i}\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi })(𝐱).\end{array}$$
$`(3.30)`$
$`|c|`$ can be formally found from the normalization condition

$$|c|^2D\varphi |\mathrm{exp}[\frac{i}{2}𝑑𝐱𝑑𝐲\varphi (𝐱)\stackrel{~}{}(𝐱,𝐲)\varphi (𝐲)]|^2=1$$
$`(3.31)`$
The argument can be chosen to be arbitrary, for example,

$$Argc=0.$$
$`(3.32)`$
Proposition 3.3. The operator $`V`$ is defined form the relations ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{3.29}\mathit{)}`$) - ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{3.32}\mathit{)}`$) uniquely.

Namely, any element of the Fock space can be presented  via its components, vacuum state an creation operators as

$$\mathrm{\Psi }=\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{1}{\sqrt{n!}}𝑑𝐱_1\mathrm{}𝑑𝐱_n\mathrm{\Psi }_n(𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_n)A^+(𝐱_1)\mathrm{}A^+(𝐱_n)|0>$$

Specify 111The problem of divergence of the series is related with the problem of correctness of the functional Schrodinger representation. It is not investigated here

$$V\mathrm{\Psi }=\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{1}{\sqrt{n!}}𝑑𝐱_1\mathrm{}𝑑𝐱_n\mathrm{\Psi }_n(𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_n)𝒜^+(𝐱_1)\mathrm{}𝒜^+(𝐱_n)V|0>.$$

Since the operators $`𝒜^\pm (𝐱)`$ satisfy usual canonical commutation relations and $`𝒜^{}(𝐱)|0>=0`$, we obtain $`VA^\pm (𝐱)=𝒜^\pm (𝐱)V`$.

The operator $`V`$ depend on $``$. It is useful to find an explicit form of the operator $`V^1\delta V`$.

Proposition 4.4. The following property is satisfied:

$$\begin{array}{c}V^1\delta V=\frac{i}{2}A^+\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}\delta \widehat{}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}A^+\frac{i}{2}A^{}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}\delta \widehat{}^{}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}A^{}+\\ A^+[\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}\delta \widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}+i\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}\delta \widehat{}^{}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}]A^{}+\frac{i}{4}Tr[\delta (\widehat{}+\widehat{}^{})\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^1]\end{array}$$
$`(3.33)`$
The notations of the type $`A^+\widehat{}A^{}`$ are used for the operators like $`𝑑𝐱𝑑𝐲A^+(𝐱)\stackrel{~}{}(𝐱,𝐲)A^{}(𝐲)`$, where $`\stackrel{~}{}(𝐱,𝐲)`$ is a kernel of the operator $`\widehat{}`$.

To check formula ($`(3.33)`$), consider the variation of the formula ($`(2.1)`$) if $``$ is varied:

$$\begin{array}{c}[A^\pm (𝐱);V^1\delta V]=(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}\delta \widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}A^\pm )(𝐱)\\ i(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}\delta \widehat{}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}A^+)(𝐱)+i(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}\delta \widehat{}^{}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}A^{})(𝐱).\end{array}$$

Therefore, formula ($`(3.33)`$) is correct up to an additive constant. To find it, note that

$$\delta V|0>=[\frac{i}{2}𝑑𝐱𝑑𝐲\varphi (𝐱)\delta \stackrel{~}{}(𝐱,𝐲)\varphi (𝐲)+\delta lnc]V|0>.$$

This relation and formula ($`(2.1)`$) imply

$$<0|V^1\delta V|0>=\frac{i}{2}Tr(\delta \widehat{}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^1)+\delta lnc.$$

It follows from the normalization conditions ($`(3.31)`$) and ($`(3.32)`$) that $`c=(det\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }})^{1/4}`$. Therefore, $`\delta lnc=\frac{1}{4}Tr\delta \widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^1`$. Thus, $`<0|V^1\delta V|0>=\frac{i}{4}Tr\delta (\widehat{}+\widehat{}^{})\mathrm{\Gamma }^1`$. Formula ($`(3.33)`$) is checked.

#### 3.4.2 Explicit forms of Poincare generators

Proposition 3.4 allows us to find an explicit forms of Poincare generators. For the simplicity, we consider the case when the quadratic form $``$ is invariant under spatial translations and rotations:

$$\stackrel{~}{}(𝐱,𝐲:u_{(𝐚,L)}X)=\stackrel{~}{}(L^1(𝐱𝐚),L^1(𝐲𝐚):X).$$
$`(3.34)`$
This property implies that

$$[_k;\widehat{}]=\delta _P^k\widehat{};[_k;\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}]=\delta _P^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2};$$

$$[(x^k_lx^l_k);\widehat{}]=\delta _M^{kl}\widehat{};[(x^k_lx^l_k);\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}]=\delta _M^{kl}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}.$$
$`(3.35)`$
1. Spatial translations and rotations.

Eqs.($`(3.35)`$), proposition 3.4 and relation ($`(2.1)`$) imply that formally

$$\stackrel{˘}{P}^k=iA^+_kA^{}+i\delta _P^k;\stackrel{˘}{M}^{kl}=iA^+(x^k_lx^l_k)A^{}+i\delta _M^{kl}.$$
$`(3.36)`$
These operators do not contain any divergences.

2. Time evolution.

Proposition 3.4 and eqs.($`(2.1)`$) imply that the operator $`\stackrel{˘}{H}(X)`$ is also quadratic with respect to creation and annihilation operators,

$$\stackrel{˘}{H}(X)=i\delta _H+\frac{1}{2}A^{}^{}(X)A^{}+A^+(\widehat{\omega }+(X))A^{}+\frac{1}{2}A^+^{++}(X)A^++\overline{H}.$$

Here $`^{\pm \pm }(X)`$ and $`(X)`$ are the following operators:

$$\begin{array}{c}^{++}(X)=\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}[\delta _H\widehat{}\widehat{}\widehat{}(\mathrm{\Delta }+m^2+V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))]\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2};^{}(X)=(^{++})^+;\\ (X)=\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}(\widehat{}\widehat{}^{}+(\mathrm{\Delta }+m^2+V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))\frac{1}{2}\delta _H(\widehat{}+\widehat{}^{})+\frac{i}{2}[\delta _H\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2};\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}])\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}\widehat{\omega }\end{array}$$

while

$$\widehat{\omega }=\sqrt{\mathrm{\Delta }+m^2}$$

is a $`(\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi })`$-independent self-adjoint operator.

The divergent number $`\overline{H}`$ is formally equal to

$$\overline{H}=\frac{1}{2}Tr[\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}(\widehat{}\widehat{}^{}+(\mathrm{\Delta }+m^2+V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))\frac{1}{2}\delta _H(\widehat{}+\widehat{}^{}))\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}].$$
$`(3.37)`$
3. The n-boost

For boost transformation, we obtain that

$$\stackrel{˘}{B}^k(X)=i\delta _B^k+\frac{1}{2}A^{}^k(X)A^{}+A^+(L_k+^k(X))A^{}+\frac{1}{2}A^+^{k++}(X)A^++\overline{B^k}.$$

Here

$$\begin{array}{c}^{k++}(X)=\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}[\delta _k^B\widehat{}\widehat{}x^k\widehat{}(_ix^k_i+x^km^2+x^kV^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)))]\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2};\\ ^k=(^{k++})^+;\\ ^k=\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}[\widehat{}x^k\widehat{}^{}+(_ix^k_i+x^km^2+x^kV^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)))\frac{1}{2}\delta _B^k(\widehat{}+\widehat{}^{})+\\ \frac{i}{2}[\delta _k^B\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2},\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}]]\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}L_k,\end{array}$$
$`(3.38)`$
while

$$L_k=\frac{1}{2}\widehat{\omega }^{1/2}[\widehat{\omega }x^k\widehat{\omega }+(_ix^k_i+x^km^2)]\widehat{\omega }^{1/2}$$

is a boost generator in the free theory which is a self-adjoint operator.

The divergent term is

$$\overline{B^k}=\frac{1}{2}Tr\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^1[\widehat{}x^k\widehat{}^{}+(_ix^k_i+x^km^2+x^kV^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)))\frac{1}{2}\delta _B^k(\widehat{}+\widehat{}^{})]$$
$`(3.39)`$
#### 3.4.3 Check of algebraic conditions and renormalization

Let us write down the requirements which are sufficient for satisfying the properties H1-H6 of the Appendix A. Since the Poincare generators are quadratic with respect to creation and annihilation operators, we will use the results of Appendix B.

1. Let

$$\widehat{K}=\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}.$$

This is a bounded self-adjoint operator without zero eigenvalues. Therefore, $`\widehat{K}^1T^{1/2}`$ is a (non-bounded) self-adjoint operator and

$$T=\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)\widehat{\omega }^{1/2}(𝐱^2+1)\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}.$$

By $`𝒟`$ we denote the domain $`\{\psi |\psi _1^T<\mathrm{}\}`$.

Lemma 3.5. For self-adjoint operators

$$A_k=L_k,A_{d+k}=i_k,A_{2d+kd+l}=i(x^k_lx^l_k),A_{2d+d^2+1}=\widehat{\omega }$$

the following properties are satisfied: 1. $`T^{1/2}A_jT^{1/2}<\mathrm{}`$, $`A_jT^1<\mathrm{}`$.
2. $`T^{1/2}e^{iA_jt}T^{1/2}C`$, $`Te^{iA_jt}T^1C`$, $`t[0,t_1]`$.

Proof. The first part of lemma is justified as follows. One should check that the following norms are finite:

$$\begin{array}{c}\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}\widehat{\omega }\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4};\\ \widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}\widehat{\omega }x^s\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4};\\ \widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(\widehat{k}^jx^s\widehat{k}^sx^j)\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4};\\ \widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}\widehat{k}^j\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4};\\ \widehat{\omega }\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4};\\ \widehat{\omega }x^s\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4};\\ (\widehat{k}^jx^s\widehat{k}^sx^j)\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4};\\ \widehat{k}^j\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}\widehat{\omega }^{1/4}(𝐱^2+1)^1\widehat{\omega }^{1/4},\end{array}$$

where $`\widehat{k}^j=i/x^j`$. This statement is a corollary of the following lemma.

Lemma 3.6. The operators

$$[\widehat{\omega }^\alpha ;(𝐱^2+1)^1];[\widehat{\omega }^\alpha ;x^s(𝐱^2+1)^1];[\widehat{\omega }^\alpha ;x^lx^s(𝐱^2+1)^1]$$

are bounded if $`\alpha 1`$.

This lemma is a corollary of Lemma C.29 of Appendix C.

To prove the second statement of lemma 3.5, represent it in the following form:

$$e^{iA_jt}T^{1/2}e^{iA_jt}T^{1/2}T_j^{1/2}(t)T^{1/2}C;T_j(t)T^1C.$$
$`(3.40)`$
It is necessary to investigate the Poincare transformation properties of the operators $`\widehat{x}^j`$ and $`\widehat{k}^j`$.

Lemma 3.7. The following relations are satisfied:

$$\begin{array}{c}e^{i\widehat{\omega }t}\widehat{x}^le^{i\widehat{\omega }t}=\widehat{x}^l+\widehat{k}^l\widehat{\omega }^1t,e^{i\widehat{\omega }t}\widehat{k}^le^{i\widehat{\omega }t}=\widehat{k}^l;\\ e^{i\widehat{k}^sa^s}\widehat{x}^le^{i\widehat{k}^sa^s}=\widehat{x}^l+a^l;e^{i\widehat{k}^sa^s}\widehat{k}^le^{i\widehat{k}^sa^s}=\widehat{k}^l;\\ e^{\frac{i\tau }{2}\theta _{ms}(\widehat{x}^m\widehat{k}^s\widehat{x}^s\widehat{k}^m)}\widehat{x}^le^{\frac{i\tau }{2}\theta _{ms}(\widehat{x}^m\widehat{k}^s\widehat{x}^s\widehat{k}^m)}=(e^{\tau \theta }\widehat{x})^l;\\ e^{\frac{i\tau }{2}\theta _{ms}(\widehat{x}^m\widehat{k}^s\widehat{x}^s\widehat{k}^m)}\widehat{k}^le^{\frac{i\tau }{2}\theta _{ms}(\widehat{x}^m\widehat{k}^s\widehat{x}^s\widehat{k}^m)}=(e^{\tau \theta }\widehat{k})^l;\\ e^{iL^1\tau }\widehat{k}^le^{iL^1\tau }=\widehat{k}^l,l2;e^{iL^1\tau }\widehat{k}^1e^{iL^1\tau }=\widehat{k}^1\mathrm{cosh}\tau \widehat{\omega }\mathrm{sinh}\tau .\end{array}$$

The operators $`\widehat{X}^l(\tau )=e^{iL^1\tau }\widehat{x}^le^{iL^1\tau }`$ have the following Weyl symbols:

$$X^1=\frac{\omega _𝐤}{\omega _𝐤\mathrm{cosh}\tau k^1\mathrm{sinh}\tau }x^1;X^\alpha =x^\alpha +\frac{k^\alpha \mathrm{sinh}\tau x^1}{\omega _𝐤\mathrm{cosh}\tau k^1\mathrm{sinh}\tau }$$

To check the properties, it is sufficient to show that they are satisfied at $`\tau =0`$ and show that the derivatives of left-hand and right-hand sides of these relations coincide.

Making use of commutation relations $`[x^s,f(\widehat{k})]=i\frac{f}{k^s}(\widehat{k})`$ and result of lemma 3.6, we find that operators ($`(3.40)`$) are bounded uniformly with respect to $`t[0,t_1]`$. Lemma 3.5 is proved.

Let the following conditions on $``$ be imposed.

Let $`h(\alpha )`$ be an arbitrary smooth curve on the Poincare group.

P1, The property ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{3.34}\mathit{)}`$) is satisfied.

P2. The $`\alpha `$-dependent operator functions $`T^{k++}(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$ and $`T^{++}(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$ are continuous in the Hilbert-Schmidt topology $`||||_2`$.

P3. The $`\alpha `$-dependent operator functions $`^{k++}(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$ and $`^{++}(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$ are continuously differentiable with respect to $`\alpha `$ in the Hilbert-Schmidt topology.

P4. The $`\alpha `$-dependent operator functions $`^k(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$, $`(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$, $`T^k(u_{h(\alpha )}X)T^1`$, $`T^{1/2}^k(u_{h(\alpha )}X)T^{1/2}`$, $`T(u_{h(\alpha )}X)T^1`$, $`T^{1/2}(u_{h(\alpha )}X)T^{1/2}`$ are strongly continuous.

P5. The $`\alpha `$-dependent operator functions $`T^{1/2}(u_{h(\alpha )}X)T^{1/2}`$, $`T^{1/2}^k(u_{h(\alpha )}X)T^{1/2}`$, $`(u_{h(\alpha )}X)T^1`$, $`^k(u_{h(\alpha )}X)T^1`$ are continuously differentiable with respect to $`\alpha `$ in the operator norm $`||||`$ topology.

P6. The functions $`\overline{H}(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$ and $`\overline{B^k}(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$ are continuous.

Lemma 3.6. Let the properties P1-P6 be satisfied. Then properties H1, H2, H4-H6 are also satisfied.

Proof. Property H1 is a corollary of estimations performed in lemmas B.1, B.2, B.3 of Appendix B. Property H4 is a corollary of theorem B.15. Properties H2 and H5 are obtained from lemma B.4. Making use of the results of lemmas B.1, B.2, B.3 and property $`U_B^\tau \mathrm{\Psi }\mathrm{\Psi }_1^T_{\tau 0}0`$ obtained in theorem B.15, we find that property H6 is satisfied. Lemma is proved.

2. Let us check the commutation relations ($`(A.9)`$), i.e. property H3. Note that the divergences arise in terms $`\overline{B^k}`$ and $`\overline{H}`$ only, so that we suppose them to be arbitrary and then find the conditions that provide Poincare invariance.

Let

$$\stackrel{˘}{H}_k=\frac{1}{2}A^+_k^{++}A^++A^+^+A^{}+\frac{1}{2}A^{}^{}A^{}+\overline{H_k}+i\delta _k$$

be arbitrary quadratic Hamiltonians. Then the property $`[\stackrel{˘}{H}_1,\stackrel{˘}{H}_2]=\stackrel{˘}{H}_3`$ under condition $`[i\delta _1,i\delta _2]=i\delta _3`$ means that

$$_3^{++}=i[_1^+_2^{++}+_2^{++}(_1^+)^{}_1^{++}(_2^+)^{}_2^+_1^{++}]+\delta _1_2^{++}\delta _2_1^{++}.$$
$`(3.41)`$
$$_3^+=i\{_2^{++}(_1^{++})^{}_1^{++}(_2^{++})^{}+[_1^+;(_2^+)^{}]\}+\delta _1_2^+\delta _2_1^+,$$
$`(3.42)`$
$$\overline{H_3}=\frac{i}{2}Tr[_2^{++}(_1^{++})^{}_1^{++}(_2^{++})^{}]+\delta _1\overline{H_2}\delta _2\overline{H_1}.$$
$`(3.43)`$
Relations ($`(3.41)`$), ($`(3.42)`$), ($`(3.43)`$) are treated in sense of bilinear forms on $`D(T)`$.

Consider now the commutation relations.

1. The relations

$$[\stackrel{˘}{P}^k,\stackrel{˘}{P}^l]=0,[\stackrel{˘}{M}^{lm},\stackrel{˘}{P}^s]=i(g^{ms}\stackrel{˘}{P}^lg^{ls}\stackrel{˘}{P}^m]$$

are satisfied automatically since

$$[_k,_l]=0,[x^l_mx^m_l,_s]=g^{ms}_lg^{ls}_m.$$

2. The relation

$$[\stackrel{˘}{M}^{lm},\stackrel{˘}{M}^{rs}]=i(g^{lr}\stackrel{˘}{M}^{ms}g^{mr}\stackrel{˘}{M}^{ls}+g^{ms}\stackrel{˘}{M}^{lr}g^{ls}\stackrel{˘}{M}^{mr})$$

is also satisfied.

3. For the relation

$$[\stackrel{˘}{P}^k,\stackrel{˘}{P}^0]=0$$

eqs ($`(3.41)`$)- ($`(3.43)`$) takes the form

$$\delta _P^k^{++}[_k;^{++}]=0,\delta _P^k^+[_k;^+]=0,$$
$`(3.44)`$
$$\delta _P^k\overline{H}=0.$$
$`(3.45)`$
4. For the relation

$$[\stackrel{˘}{M}^{kl},\stackrel{˘}{P}^0]=0,$$

eqs.($`(3.41)`$) - ($`(3.43)`$) are written as

$$\delta _M^{kl}^{++}[x^k_lx^l_k;^{++}]=0;\delta _M^{kl}^+[x^k_lx^l_k;^+]=0;$$
$`(3.46)`$
$$\delta _M^{kl}\overline{H}=0.$$
$`(3.47)`$
5. Consider the relation

$$[\stackrel{˘}{M}^{k0},\stackrel{˘}{P}^s]=ig^{ks}\stackrel{˘}{P}^0.$$

We write eqs.($`(3.41)`$) - ($`(3.43)`$) as follows:

$$[_s,^{k++}]\delta _P^s^{k++}=g^{ks}^{++},[_s,^{k+}]\delta _P^s^{k+}=g^{ks}^+,$$
$`(3.48)`$
$$\delta _P^s\overline{B^k}=g^{ks}\overline{H}.$$
$`(3.49)`$
6. The commutation relation

$$[\stackrel{˘}{M}^{lm},\stackrel{˘}{M}^{k0}]=i(g^{lk}\stackrel{˘}{M}^{m0}g^{mk}\stackrel{˘}{M}^{l0})$$

is equivalent to

$$\begin{array}{c}[x^l_mx^m_l;^{k++}]\delta _M^{lm}^{k++}=g^{lk}^{m++}g^{mk}^{l++},\end{array}$$

$$\begin{array}{c}[x^l_mx^m_l;^{k+}]\delta _M^{lm}^{k+}=g^{lk}^{m+}g^{mk}^{l+},\end{array}$$
$`(3.50)`$
$$\delta _M^{kl}\overline{B^k}=g^{lk}\overline{B^m}g^{mk}\overline{B^l}.$$
$`(3.51)`$
7. The most nontrivial commutation relations are

$$[\stackrel{˘}{M}^{k0};\stackrel{˘}{P}^0]=i\stackrel{˘}{P}^k,[\stackrel{˘}{M}^{k0};\stackrel{˘}{M}^{l0}]=i\stackrel{˘}{M}^{kl}$$

They can be rewritten as follows:

$$\begin{array}{c}0=i\{^{k+}^{++}+^{++}(^{k+})^{}^{k++}(^+)^{}^+(^{k++})\}+\delta _B^k^{++}\delta _H^{k++};\\ i_k=i\{^{++}^{k++}^{k++}(^{++})^{}+[^{k+};^+]\}+\delta _B^k^+\delta _H^{k+};\end{array}$$
$`(3.52)`$
$$0=\frac{i}{2}Tr[^{++}(^{k++})^{}^{k++}(^{++})^{}]+\delta _B^k\overline{H}\delta _H\overline{B^k}$$
$`(3.53)`$
and

$$\begin{array}{c}0=i\{^{k+}^{l++}+^{l++}(^{k+})^{}^{k++}(^{l+})^{}^{l+}(^{k++})\}+\delta _B^k^{l++}\delta _B^l^{k++};\\ i(x^k_lx^l_k)=i\{^{l++}^{k++}^{k++}(^{l++})^{}+[^{k+};^{l+}]\}+\delta _B^k^{l+}\delta _B^l^{k+};\end{array}$$
$`(3.54)`$
$$0=\frac{i}{2}Tr[^{l++}(^{k++})^{}^{k++}(^{l++})^{}]+\delta _B^k\overline{B^l}\delta _B^l\overline{B^k}.$$
$`(3.55)`$
3. Properties ($`(3.44)`$), ($`(3.46)`$), ($`(3.48)`$), ($`(3.50)`$) are obvious corollaries of relations ($`(3.35)`$). Properties ($`(3.52)`$) and ($`(3.54)`$) are checked by nontrivial but also direct computations.

To justify the properties ($`(3.45)`$), ($`(3.47)`$), ($`(3.49)`$), ($`(3.51)`$), ($`(3.53)`$), ($`(3.55)`$), let us extract divergences from $`\overline{H}`$ and $`\overline{B^k}`$. Notice that formally

$$\overline{H}=\overline{H}_{reg}+\frac{1}{4}Tr\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }},\overline{B^k}=\overline{B^k}_{reg}+\frac{1}{4}Trx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}$$

with

$$\overline{H}_{reg}=\frac{1}{4}Tr[^{++}+^{}],\overline{B^k}_{reg}=\frac{1}{4}Tr[^{k++}+^k].$$
$`(3.56)`$
Expressions ($`(3.56)`$) are well-defined if we impose the following additional condition.

P7. The operators $`^{k++}`$ and $`^{++}`$ are of the trace class and $`Tr^{k++}(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$ and $`Tr^{++}(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$ are continuous functions of $`\alpha `$.

To perform a renormalization of the semiclassical theory, one should substitute the divergent terms $`Tr\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}`$ and $`Trx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}`$ by finite terms which will be denoted as $`Tr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}`$ and $`Tr_Rx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}`$,

$$\overline{H}=\overline{H}_{reg}+\frac{1}{4}Tr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }},\overline{B^k}=\overline{B^k}_{reg}+\frac{1}{4}Tr_Rx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}.$$

Relations ($`(3.45)`$), ($`(3.47)`$), ($`(3.49)`$), ($`(3.51)`$), ($`(3.53)`$), ($`(3.55)`$) are straightforwardly checked under the following condition.

P8. The quantities $`Tr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}`$ and $`Tr_Rx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}`$ obey the following properties:

$$\begin{array}{c}\delta _k^PTr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=0;\delta _{kl}^MTr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=0;\\ \delta _l^PTr_Rx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=\delta ^{kl}Tr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }};\delta _{kl}^MTr_Rx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=\delta ^{kl}Tr_Rx^m\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\delta ^{mk}Tr_Rx^l\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }};\\ Tr[x^l(\delta _k^B\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\widehat{𝒜}x^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}x^k\widehat{𝒜})x^k(\delta _l^B\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\widehat{𝒜}x^l\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}x^l\widehat{𝒜})]+\delta _l^BTr_Rx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\delta _k^BTr_Rx^l\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=0;\\ Tr[x^l(\delta ^H\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\widehat{𝒜}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\widehat{𝒜})(\delta _l^B\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\widehat{𝒜}x^l\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}x^l\widehat{𝒜})]+\delta _l^BTr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\delta ^HTr_Rx^l\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=0,\end{array}$$

where $`\widehat{𝒜}=\frac{1}{2}(\widehat{}+\widehat{}^{})`$.

Note also that property P6 can be substituted by the following property.

P9. The functions $`Tr_R\mathrm{\Gamma }(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$ and $`Tr_Rx^k\mathrm{\Gamma }(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$ are continuous.

Thus, we have formulated the conditions of invariance of the semiclassical field theory under Poincare algebra.

### 3.5 Construction of Poincare transformations

Let us construct now the operators $`U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}`$.

1. First of all, consider the case of spatial rotations, $`a=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=L`$. Denote $`U_{0,L}𝒱_L`$ for this case. Let $`L(\tau )=\mathrm{exp}(\frac{\tau }{2}\theta _{sm}l^{sm})`$. Then the operator $`𝒱_{L(\tau )}`$ transforms the initial condition for the equation

$$i\dot{\mathrm{\Psi }}^\tau =\frac{i}{2}\theta _{sm}A^+(x^s_mx^m_s)A^{}\mathrm{\Psi }^\tau ,\mathrm{\Psi }^\tau 𝒟$$
$`(3.57)`$
to the solution. The operator $`𝒱_{L(\tau )}`$ is uniquely defined from the relations

$$𝒱_L|0>=|0>,𝒱_LA^\pm (𝐱)𝒱_L^1=A^\pm (L𝐱).$$
$`(3.58)`$
The group property for operators $`𝒱_L`$ is obviously satisfied.

2. Let $`(a,\mathrm{\Lambda })`$ is an $`x^1`$-boost: $`a=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=\mathrm{\Lambda }_\tau `$ has the form ($`(3.1)`$). Then the operator $`U_{0,\mathrm{\Lambda }_\tau }W_\tau `$ takes the initial condition for the Cauchy problem for the equation

$$i\dot{\mathrm{\Psi }}^\tau =B^1(S^\tau ,\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau ,\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau )\mathrm{\Psi }^\tau $$
$`(3.59)`$
to the solution of this Cauchy problem. Here $`S^\tau ,\mathrm{\Phi }^\tau ,\mathrm{\Pi }^\tau `$ are obtained from system ($`(3.21)`$).

3. Let $`L`$ be such a rotation that $`L𝐞_1=𝐞_1`$. Then there exists a matrix smooth function $`L(t)`$ such that $`L(0)=1`$, $`L(1)=L`$, $`L(t)𝐞_1=𝐞_1`$. One has $`L(t)\mathrm{\Lambda }_{t\tau }L(\tau )^1\mathrm{\Lambda }_{t\tau }^1=1`$ for all $`\tau 𝐑`$, so that condition ($`(A.17)`$) of lemma A.8 is satisfied. Therefore,

$$W_\tau 𝒱_L=𝒱_LW_\tau ,$$
$`(3.60)`$
provided that $`L𝐞_1=𝐞_1`$.

4. Let $`|𝐧|=1`$, $`L_𝐧`$ be such a spatial rotation that $`L_𝐧𝐧=𝐞_1`$. Introduce the operator $`W_{\varphi 𝐧}`$ as follows,

$$W_{\varphi 𝐧}=𝒱_L^1W_\varphi 𝒱_L.$$
$`(3.61)`$
It corresponds to the Lorentz transformation

$$\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\varphi 𝐧}=L_𝐧^1\mathrm{\Lambda }_\varphi L_𝐧.$$

Show that definition ($`(3.61)`$) is correct. Let $`L_𝐧^{(1)}𝐧=𝐞_1`$, $`L_𝐧^{(2)}𝐧=𝐞_1`$. One has $`L_𝐧^{(1)}(L_𝐧^{(2)})^1𝐞_1=𝐞_1`$, so that formula ($`(3.60)`$) implies that

$$(𝒱_L^{(1)})^1W_\varphi 𝒱_L^{(1)}=(𝒱_L^{(2)})^1W_\varphi 𝒱_L^{(2)}.$$

Note that the following property is satisfied.

Let $`L`$ be a spatial rotation. Then

$$L\mathrm{\Lambda }_\stackrel{}{\varphi }L^1=\mathrm{\Lambda }_{L\stackrel{}{\varphi }},𝒱_LW_\stackrel{}{\varphi }𝒱_L^1=W_{L\stackrel{}{\varphi }},$$
$`(3.62)`$
Namely, let $`L_𝐧`$ be such a rotation that $`L_𝐧𝐧=𝐞_1`$, where $`𝐧=\stackrel{}{\varphi }/\stackrel{}{\varphi }`$. Then

$$\begin{array}{c}L\mathrm{\Lambda }_\stackrel{}{\varphi }L^1=LL_𝐧^1\mathrm{\Lambda }_\varphi L_𝐧L^1=\mathrm{\Lambda }_{L\stackrel{}{\varphi }},\\ 𝒱_LW_\stackrel{}{\varphi }𝒱_L^1=𝒱_L𝒱_{L𝐧}^1W_\stackrel{}{\varphi }𝒱_{L𝐧}𝒱_L^1=W_{L\stackrel{}{\varphi }}.\end{array}$$

5. Let $`\mathrm{\Lambda }`$ be an arbitrary Lorentz transformation. Lemma 3.1 implies that it can be uniquely decomposed as follows, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=\mathrm{\Lambda }_\stackrel{}{\varphi }L`$. Set

$$U_\mathrm{\Lambda }=W_\stackrel{}{\varphi }𝒱_L.$$
$`(3.63)`$
Let us check the group property. Let

$$\mathrm{\Lambda }_1=\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\stackrel{}{\varphi }_1}L_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2=\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2^{}}L_2$$

be Lorentz transformations. Then

$$\mathrm{\Lambda }_1\mathrm{\Lambda }_2=\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\stackrel{}{\varphi }_1}\mathrm{\Lambda }_{L_1\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2^{}}L_1L_2=\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\stackrel{}{\varphi }_3(\stackrel{}{\varphi }_1,L_1\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2^{})}L(\stackrel{}{\varphi }_1,L_1\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2^{})L_1L_2,$$

where $`\stackrel{}{\varphi }_3`$ and $`L`$ are defined from the construction of proof of lemma 3.1. One should check that

$$U_{\mathrm{\Lambda }_1}U_{\mathrm{\Lambda }_2}=U_{\mathrm{\Lambda }_1\mathrm{\Lambda }_2},$$

i.e.

$$W_{\stackrel{}{\varphi }_1}W_{\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2}=W_{\stackrel{}{\varphi }_3(\stackrel{}{\varphi }_1,\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2)}𝒱_{L(\stackrel{}{\varphi }_1,\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2)},$$
$`(3.64)`$
where $`\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2=L_1\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2^{}`$,

$$\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\stackrel{}{\varphi }_1}\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2}=\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\stackrel{}{\varphi }_3(\stackrel{}{\varphi }_1,\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2)}L(\stackrel{}{\varphi }_1,\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2)$$
$`(3.65)`$
Consider the functions $`\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_1`$ and $`\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_2`$ instead of fixed vectors $`\stackrel{}{\varphi }_1`$ and $`\stackrel{}{\varphi }_2`$. Then

$$\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_1}\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_2}\mathrm{\Lambda }_{\stackrel{}{\varphi }_3(\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_1,\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_2)}^1L(\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_1,\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_2)^1=1$$
$`(3.66)`$
so that we can apply the result of lemma A8:

$$W_{\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_1}W_{\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_2}W_{\stackrel{}{\varphi }_3(\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_1,\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_2)}^1𝒱_{L(\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_1,\alpha \stackrel{}{\varphi }_2)}^1=1.$$

Thus, eq.($`(3.64)`$) is satisfied. We have checked the group property for the Lorentz transformations.

6. Consider the spatial translations, $`a^0=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=1`$, $`𝐚0`$. Then the operator $`U_{0,𝐚,1}`$ takes the initial condition for the equation

$$i\dot{\mathrm{\Psi }}^\tau =a^kA^+(i_k)A^{}\mathrm{\Psi }^\tau ,\mathrm{\Psi }^\tau 𝒟$$
$`(3.67)`$
to the solution of this equation at $`\tau =1`$. Thus, the operator $`U_{0,𝐚,1}`$ is uniquely defined from the relations

$$U_{0,𝐚,1}|0>=|0>,U_{0,𝐚,1}^1A^\pm (𝐱)U_{0,𝐚,1}=A^\pm (𝐱+𝐚).$$
$`(3.68)`$
7. For the evolution transformation, $`a^0=t`$, $`𝐚=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=1`$, the operator $`U_{t,0,1}`$ takes the initial condition for the equation

$$i\dot{\mathrm{\Psi }}^\tau =H(S^t,\mathrm{\Phi }^t,\mathrm{\Pi }^t)\mathrm{\Psi }^t,\mathrm{\Psi }^t𝒟$$
$`(3.69)`$
to the solution of the Cauchy problem. Here $`S^t`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }^t`$, $`\mathrm{\Pi }^t`$ obey system ($`(1.4)`$), ($`(1.5)`$).

8. Consider an arbitrary space-time translation $`(a,1)`$. Set

$$U_{(a,1)}U_{a^0,0,1}U_{0,𝐚,1}.$$
$`(3.70)`$
The group property is a corollary of the relation

$$U_{0,\tau 𝐚,1}U_{\tau a^0,0,1}=U_{\tau a^0,0,1}U_{0,\tau 𝐚,1}$$

which is correct because of lemma A.8.

9. Consider an arbitrary Poincare transformation $`(a,\mathrm{\Lambda })`$. Set

$$U_{(a,\mathrm{\Lambda })}U_{(a,1)}U_{(0,\mathrm{\Lambda })}.$$
$`(3.71)`$
One should check the group property

$$U_{(a_1+\mathrm{\Lambda }_1a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}=U_{(a_1,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)}U_{(a_2,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}$$

or

$$U_{(a_1,1)}U_{(\mathrm{\Lambda }_1a_2,1)}U_{(0,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)}U_{(0,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}=U_{(a_1,1)}U_{(0,\mathrm{\Lambda }_1)}U_{(a_2,1)}U_{(0,\mathrm{\Lambda }_2)}$$

since the group properties for translations and Lorentz transformations have been already checked. We see that it is sufficient to justify the property

$$U_{(\mathrm{\Lambda }a,1)}=U_{(0,\mathrm{\Lambda })}U_{(a,1)}U_{(0,\mathrm{\Lambda })}^1$$
$`(3.72)`$
Since the operator $`U_{(0,\mathrm{\Lambda })}`$ was defined as

$$U_{(0,\mathrm{\Lambda })}=𝒱_{L_1}W_\varphi 𝒱_{L_2}$$

if $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=L_1\mathrm{\Lambda }_\varphi L_2`$, where $`L_1`$, $`L_2`$ are rotations, while

$$U_{(a,1)}=U_{(a^0,0,1)}U_{(0,𝐚,1)},$$

it is sufficient to check eq.($`(3.72)`$) for the following cases:

1. $`a^0=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=L`$;

2. $`𝐚=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=L`$,

3. $`a^0=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=\mathrm{\Lambda }_\tau `$;

4. $`𝐚=0`$, $`\mathrm{\Lambda }=\mathrm{\Lambda }_\tau `$.

Lemma A.8 imply all these properties.

Therefore, we have proved the following statement.

Theorem 3.6. Let conditions H1-H5, H7-H9 be satisfied. Then the operators $`U_{(a,\mathrm{\Lambda })}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX)`$defined by eqs. ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{3.71}\mathit{)}`$), ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{3.70}\mathit{)}`$), ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{3.63}\mathit{)}`$) are unitary and satisfy the group property.

### 3.6 Choice of the operator $``$

Let us choose operator $``$ in order to satisfy properties P1-P5, P7. We will use the notions of Appendix C (subsection C.5). First, we construct such an asymptotic expansion of a Weyl symbol $`\underset{¯}{}_N`$ that for $`\underset{¯}{}=\underset{¯}{}_N`$

$$\begin{array}{c}deg[\delta _B^l\underset{¯}{}\underset{¯}{}x^l\underset{¯}{}x^l(\omega _k^2+V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)))]>\mathrm{max}\{d/2,d1\};\\ deg[\delta _H\underset{¯}{}\underset{¯}{}\underset{¯}{}(\omega _k^2+V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱)))]>\mathrm{max}\{d/2,d1\}.\end{array}$$
$`(3.73)`$
Next, we will construct another asymptotic expansion of a Weyl symbol $`\underset{¯}{}`$ which obeys the condition $`Im\underset{¯}{}>0`$ and approximately equals to $`\underset{¯}{}_N`$ at large $`|k|`$, so that eqs.($`(3.73)`$) are satisfied.

This will imply that properties P1-P5, P7 are satisfied.

Let us define the expansions $`\underset{¯}{}_N`$ with the help of the following recursive relations. Set

$$\begin{array}{c}\underset{¯}{}_0=i\omega _k;\\ \underset{¯}{𝒮}_n=\delta _H\underset{¯}{}_n+\underset{¯}{}_n\underset{¯}{}_n+\omega _k^2+V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱));\\ \underset{¯}{}_{n+1}=\underset{¯}{}_n+\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\underset{¯}{𝒮}_n.\end{array}$$
$`(3.74)`$
Lemma 3.9. The following relation is satisfied:

$$deg\underset{¯}{𝒮}_n=n.$$

Proof. For $`n=0`$, $`\underset{¯}{𝒮}_0=V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))`$, so that statement of lemma is satisfied. Suppose that statement of lemma is justified for $`n<N`$. Check it for $`n=N`$. One has

$$\underset{¯}{𝒮}_N=\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}+\underset{¯}{}_N\left(\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}\right)+\left(\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}\right)\underset{¯}{}_N+\left(\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}\right)\left(\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}\right)\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\delta _H\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}.$$

Since

$$deg\left[\left(\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}\right)\left(\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}\right)\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\delta _H\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}\right]deg\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}+1=N$$

and

$$\begin{array}{c}\underset{¯}{𝒮}_N=\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}+\underset{¯}{}_N\left(\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}\right)+\left(\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}\right)\underset{¯}{}_N\\ \underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}+\underset{¯}{}_N\left(\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}\right)+\left(\frac{i}{2\omega _k}\underset{¯}{𝒮}_{N1}\right)\underset{¯}{}_N=0\end{array}$$

up to terms of the degree $`N`$, one finds

$$deg\underset{¯}{𝒮}_N=N.$$

Lemma 3.9 is proved.

Denote

$$\underset{¯}{X}_n^l=\delta _B^l\underset{¯}{}_n+\underset{¯}{}_nx^l\underset{¯}{}_n+x^l(\omega _k^2+V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))).$$

Lemma 3.10. The following property is obeyed:

$$\delta _B^l\underset{¯}{𝒮}_n\delta _H\underset{¯}{X}_n^l=\underset{¯}{X}_n^l\underset{¯}{}_n\underset{¯}{}_n\underset{¯}{X}_n^l+\underset{¯}{𝒮}_nx^l\underset{¯}{}_n+\underset{¯}{}_nx^l\underset{¯}{𝒮}_n.$$
$`(3.75)`$
Proof. Denote

$$\underset{¯}{F}_n^l=\delta _B^l\underset{¯}{𝒮}_n\delta _H\underset{¯}{X}_n^l+\underset{¯}{X}_n^l\underset{¯}{}_n+\underset{¯}{}_n\underset{¯}{X}_n^l\underset{¯}{𝒮}_nx^l\underset{¯}{}_n\underset{¯}{}_nx^l\underset{¯}{𝒮}_n.$$

One has

$$\begin{array}{c}\underset{¯}{F}_n^l=(\delta _B^lx^l\delta _H)V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))+[\delta _H;\delta _B^l]\underset{¯}{}_n[x^l(\omega _k^2+\\ V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))(\omega _k^2+V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))x^l]\underset{¯}{}_n+\underset{¯}{}_n[x^l(\omega _k^2+V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))x^l(\omega _k^2+V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))]\end{array}$$

It follows from the definition of the Weyl symbol that

$$x^lf(x,k)=(x^l+\frac{i}{2}\frac{}{k^l})f(x,k)$$

One also has

$$(\delta _B^lx^l\delta _H)V^{\prime \prime }(\mathrm{\Phi }(𝐱))=0.$$

Thus,

$$\underset{¯}{F}_n^l=[\delta _H;\delta _B^l]\underset{¯}{}_n+ik^l\underset{¯}{}_n\underset{¯}{}_nik^l=\frac{\underset{¯}{}_n}{x^l}\delta _P^l\underset{¯}{}_n.$$

However, the property

$$\frac{\underset{¯}{}_n}{x^l}=\delta _P^l\underset{¯}{}_n$$

which means that eq.($`(3.34)`$) is satisfied is checked by induction. Lemma 3.10 is proved.

Lemma 3.11. The following properties are satisfied:
1. $`deg\underset{¯}{X}_n^l=n`$.
2. $`deg(\underset{¯}{X}_n^lx^l\underset{¯}{𝒮}_n)n+1`$.

Proof. It follows from the results of Appendix C that $`\underset{¯}{X}_n^l`$ is an asymptotic expansion of a Weyl symbol. Let $`deg\underset{¯}{X}_n^l=\alpha `$.

Suppose that $`\alpha <n`$. Then the left-hand side of eqs.($`(3.75)`$) is of the degree $`\alpha `$, the degree of the right-hand side of eq.($`(3.75)`$) is greater than or equal to $`\alpha 1`$. In the leading order in $`1/|k|`$ the right-hand side has the form one has $`(2i\omega _k\underset{¯}{X}_n^l)`$ and its degree should be greater than or equal to $`\alpha `$ . Therefore, $`deg\underset{¯}{X}_n^l\alpha +1`$. We obtain a contradiction.

Suppose $`\alpha >n`$. Then the left-hand side of eq.($`(3.75)`$) is of the degree $`n`$, the right-hand side in the leading order in $`1/|k|`$ has the form $`2i\omega _kx^l\underset{¯}{𝒮}_n`$. so that $`deg\underset{¯}{𝒮}_n`$ should obey the inequality $`deg\underset{¯}{𝒮}_nn+1`$. We also obtain a contradiction.

Thus, $`\alpha =n`$. In the leading order in $`1/|k|`$ one has

$$02i\omega _k(\underset{¯}{X}_n^lx^l\underset{¯}{𝒮}_n)$$

up to terms of the degree $`n`$, so that $`deg(\underset{¯}{X}_n^lx^l\underset{¯}{𝒮}_n)n+1`$. Lemma 3.11 is proved.

We see that for $`Nmax\{d/2,d1\}`$ the properties ($`(3.73)`$) are satisfied.

Lemma 3.12. Let $`\underset{¯}{}^{(1)}`$ and $`\underset{¯}{}^{(2)}`$ be asymptotic expansions of Weyl symbols, $`deg\underset{¯}{}^{(1)}=deg\underset{¯}{}^{(2)}=1`$ and $`deg(\underset{¯}{}^{(1)}\underset{¯}{}^{(2)})=N+1`$. Then

$$deg(\underset{¯}{X}^{(1)l}\underset{¯}{X}^{(2)l})=N$$

and

$$deg(\underset{¯}{𝒮}^{(1)}\underset{¯}{𝒮}^{(2)})=N.$$

Proof. Denote $`\underset{¯}{}^{(1)}\underset{¯}{}^{(2)}=\underset{¯}{D}`$. Then

$$\underset{¯}{X}^{(1)l}\underset{¯}{X}^{(2)l}=\delta _B^l\underset{¯}{D}+\underset{¯}{}^{(1)}x^l\underset{¯}{D}+\underset{¯}{D}x^l\underset{¯}{}^{(1)}+\underset{¯}{D}\underset{¯}{D}x^l\underset{¯}{D}.$$

We see that $`deg(\underset{¯}{X}^{(1)l}\underset{¯}{X}^{(2)l})=N`$. The second statement is checked analogously. Lemma 3.12 is proved.

Let us construct such an asymptotic expansion $`\underset{¯}{}`$ that $`deg(\underset{¯}{}\underset{¯}{}_N)=N+1`$ and $`Im\underset{¯}{}>0`$. We will look for $`\underset{¯}{}`$ as follows (cf. ),

$$\underset{¯}{}=\underset{¯}{𝒜}+i\omega _k^{1/4}\mathrm{exp}\underset{¯}{}\omega _k^{1/4}\mathrm{exp}\underset{¯}{}\omega _k^{1/4},$$

where $`\underset{¯}{𝒜}`$ and $`\underset{¯}{}`$ are real asymptotic expansions. Then

$$\begin{array}{c}\underset{¯}{\mathrm{\Gamma }^{1/2}}=\omega _k^{1/4}\mathrm{exp}\underset{¯}{}\omega _k^{1/4};\\ \underset{¯}{\mathrm{\Gamma }^{1/2}}=\omega _k^{1/4}\mathrm{exp}(\underset{¯}{})\omega _k^{1/4}\end{array}$$

are also asymptotic expansions of Weyl symbols. Choose $`\underset{¯}{𝒜}`$ and $`\underset{¯}{}`$ to be polynomials,

$$\underset{¯}{𝒜}=\underset{s=1}{\overset{S_1}{}}\frac{A_s(𝐱,𝐤/\omega _𝐤)}{\omega _𝐤^{2s}},\underset{¯}{}=\underset{s=1}{\overset{S_2}{}}\frac{B_s(𝐱,𝐤/\omega _𝐤)}{\omega _𝐤^{2s}},$$

where $`S_1=[N/2]`$, $`S_2=[\frac{N+1}{2}]`$.

Lemma 3.13. There exists unique functions $`A_1`$, …, $`A_{S_1}`$, $`B_1`$, …, $`B_{S_2}`$ such that $`deg(\underset{¯}{}\underset{¯}{}_N)=N+1`$.

Proof. It follows from recursive relations ($`(3.74)`$) that

$$\begin{array}{c}Re\underset{¯}{}_N=_{s=1}^{\mathrm{}}\frac{A_{N,s}(𝐱,𝐤/\omega _𝐤)}{\omega _𝐤^{2s}},\\ Im\underset{¯}{}_N=\omega _𝐤+_{s=1}^{\mathrm{}}\frac{C_{N,s}(𝐱,𝐤/\omega _𝐤)}{\omega _𝐤^{2s}}.\end{array}$$

Therefore, $`A_s=A_{N,s}`$, so that $`\underset{¯}{𝒜}`$ is uniquely defined. Denote

$$\underset{¯}{_s}=\frac{B_s(𝐱,𝐤/\omega _𝐤)}{\omega _𝐤^{2s}}.$$

Show that $`\underset{¯}{_s}`$ is uniquely defined. In the leading order in $`1/|𝐤|`$, one has

$$Im\underset{¯}{}\omega _𝐤+2\underset{¯}{_1}\omega _𝐤,$$

so that $`B_1=C_{N,1}/2`$. Suppose that one can choose $`\underset{¯}{_1}`$, …, $`\underset{¯}{_{s1}}`$ in such a way that the degree of the asymptotic expansion of a Weyl symbol

$$\underset{¯}{F}_{N,s}=Im\underset{¯}{}_N\omega _𝐤^{1/4}\mathrm{exp}(\underset{¯}{_1}+\mathrm{}+\underset{¯}{_{s1}})\omega _𝐤^{1/2}\mathrm{exp}(\underset{¯}{_1}+\mathrm{}+\underset{¯}{_{s1}})\omega _𝐤^{1/4}$$

satisfies the inequality

$$deg\underset{¯}{F}_{N,s}2s1.$$

Choose $`\underset{¯}{_s}`$ in such a way that $`deg\underset{¯}{F}_{N,s}2s1`$. One has

$$\underset{¯}{F}_{N,s+1}=Im\underset{¯}{}_N\omega _𝐤^{1/4}\underset{l_1=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{(\underset{¯}{_1}+\mathrm{}+\underset{¯}{_{s1}}+\underset{¯}{_s})^{l_1}}{l_1!}\omega _𝐤^{1/2}\underset{l_2=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{(\underset{¯}{_1}+\mathrm{}+\underset{¯}{_{s1}}+\underset{¯}{_s})^{l_2}}{l_2!}\omega _𝐤^{1/4}.$$

Up to terms of the degree $`2s+1`$, one has

$$\begin{array}{c}\underset{¯}{F}_{N,s+1}Im\underset{¯}{}_N\omega _𝐤^{1/4}(_{l_1=0}^{\mathrm{}}\frac{(\underset{¯}{_1}+\mathrm{}+\underset{¯}{_{s1}})^{l_1}}{l_1!}+\underset{¯}{_s})\omega _𝐤^{1/2}(_{l_2=0}^{\mathrm{}}\frac{(\underset{¯}{_1}+\mathrm{}+\underset{¯}{_{s1}})^{l_2}}{l_2!}+\underset{¯}{_s})\omega _𝐤^{1/4}\\ \underset{¯}{F}_{N,s}2\underset{¯}{_s}\omega _𝐤.\end{array}$$

Since

$$\underset{¯}{F}_{N,s}=\frac{1}{\omega _𝐤^{2s1}}\underset{l=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{F_{N,s,l}(𝐱,𝐤/\omega _𝐤)}{\omega _𝐤^l},$$

one finds that

$$\underset{¯}{_s}=\frac{1}{2\omega _k^{2s}}F_{N,s,0}(𝐱,𝐤/\omega _𝐤)$$

is uniquely defined. Lemma 3.13 is proved.

Thus, we have constructed the operator $``$ such that properties ($`(3.73)`$) are satisfied. We obtain the following theorem.

Theorem 3.14. Properties P1-P5, P7 are satisfied.

This theorem is a direct corollary of the results of Appendix C. Property P1 is satisfied because of construction of the operator $``$. Properties P2-P5, P7 are corollaries of Theorems C.31, C.32, C.33, properties ($`(3.73)`$) and lemmas C.8, C.9, C.19.

### 3.7 Regularization and renormalization of a trace

The purpose of this subsection is to specify functionals $`Tr_R\mathrm{\Gamma }`$ and $`Tr_Rx^k\mathrm{\Gamma }`$ of arguments $`\mathrm{\Phi }`$, $`\mathrm{\Pi }`$ in order to satisfy properties P8,P9. We want the renormalized trace to satisfy properties like these:
(i) $`Tr_R\widehat{A}=Tr\widehat{A}`$ if $`\widehat{A}`$ is of the trace class;
(ii) $`Tr_R(\widehat{A}+\lambda \widehat{B})=Tr_R\widehat{A}+\lambda Tr_R\widehat{B}`$;
(iii) $`Tr_R[\widehat{A};\widehat{B}]=0`$;
(iv) $`Tr_R\widehat{A}_n0`$ if $`A_n0`$
for such class of operators that is as wide as possible. Under these conditions, properties P8 and P9 are satisfied. However, one cannot specify such a renormalized trace. Namely, one should have

$$Tr_R[\widehat{x}_j;𝒲(\frac{k_j}{\omega _𝐤^l}f(𝐱))]=0,$$
$`(3.76)`$
where $`fS(𝐑^d)`$. $`𝒲(A)`$ is a Weyl quantization of the function $`A`$ (see appendix C). Property ($`(3.76)`$) means that

$$Tr_R𝒲(i\frac{}{k_i}\frac{k_j}{\omega _𝐤^l}f(𝐱))=0.$$

Therefore,

$$\delta _{ij}Tr_R𝒲(\frac{f(𝐱)}{\omega _𝐤^l})lTr_R𝒲(\frac{k_ik_j}{\omega _𝐤^{l+2}}f(𝐱))=0.$$
$`(3.77)`$
Choose $`l=d`$. Consider $`i=j`$ in eq.($`(3.77)`$) and perform the summation over $`i`$. Making use of the relation $`\omega _𝐤^2k_ik_i=m^2`$, we find

$$Tr_R𝒲(m^2\omega _𝐤^{d2}f(𝐱))=0.$$

However, the operator with Weyl symbol $`m^2f(𝐱)\omega _𝐤^{d2}`$ is of the trace class. Its trace is nonzero, provided that $`𝑑𝐱f(x)0`$.

However, we can introduce a notion of a trace for asymptotic expansions of Weyl symbols. The trace will be specified not only by operator but also by its asymptotic expansion which is not unique (see remark after definition C.6).

Let $`\underset{¯}{A}=(A,\stackrel{ˇ}{A})`$ be asymptotic expansion of a Weyl symbol. Suppose that the coefficients $`A_l`$ of the formal asymptotic expansion

$$\stackrel{ˇ}{A}\underset{l=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\omega _𝐤^{\alpha l}A_l(x,𝐤/\omega _𝐤)$$

are polynomial in $`𝐤/\omega _𝐤`$. One formally has

$$Tr_R\underset{¯}{A}=\underset{l=0}{\overset{l_0}{}}\frac{d𝐤d𝐱}{(2\pi )^d}\frac{1}{\omega _𝐤^{\alpha +l}}A_l(𝐱,𝐤/\omega _𝐤)+\frac{d𝐤d𝐱}{(2\pi )^d}(A(𝐱,𝐤)\underset{l=0}{\overset{l_0}{}}\frac{1}{\omega _𝐤^{\alpha +l}}A_l(𝐱,𝐤/\omega _𝐤)).$$
$`(3.78)`$
For $`\alpha +l_0+1>d`$, the last integral in the right-hand side of eq.($`(3.78)`$) converges. To specify trace, it is sufficient then to specify values of integrals

$$I_{i_1\mathrm{}i_n}^{s,n}=\frac{d𝐤}{\omega _𝐤^s}\frac{k_{i_1}}{\omega _𝐤}\mathrm{}\frac{k_{i_n}}{\omega _𝐤}$$
$`(3.79)`$
for $`sd`$ which are divergent. We will define the quantities ($`(3.79)`$), making use of the following argumentation.

1. We are going to specify to specify trace in such a way that

$$Tr_R\frac{}{k_i}\underset{¯}{A}=0.$$
$`(3.80)`$
Let

$$\underset{¯}{A}=\frac{1}{\omega _𝐤^{s1}}\frac{k_{j_1}}{\omega _𝐤}\mathrm{}\frac{k_{j_{n+1}}}{\omega _𝐤}$$

property ($`(3.80)`$) implies the following recursive relations

$$\underset{s=1}{\overset{n+1}{}}\delta _{ij_s}I_{j_1\mathrm{}j_{s1}j_{s+1}\mathrm{}j_{n+1}}^{s,n}=(s+n)I_{ij_1\mathrm{}j_{n+1}}^{s,n+2}.$$
$`(3.81)`$
Therefore, $`I^{s,n}=0`$ for odd $`n`$, while for even $`n`$ $`I^{s,n}`$ is defined from eqs.($`(3.81)`$), for example, $`I_{ij}^{s,2}=\frac{1}{s}\delta _{ij}I^{s,0}`$. Therefore, it is sufficient to define integrals

$$I^{s,0}=𝑑𝐤\omega _𝐤^s.$$
$`(3.82)`$
Let us use the approach based on the dimensional regularization . It is based on considering integrals ($`(3.82)`$) at arbitrary dimensionality of space-time. Expression ($`(3.82)`$) appears to be a meromorphic function of $`d`$. Substracting the poles corresponding to sufficiently small positive integer values of $`d`$, we obtain a finite expression.

Formally, one has

$$I^{s,0}=\frac{1}{\mathrm{\Gamma }(s/2)}_0^{\mathrm{}}𝑑\alpha \alpha ^{s/21}𝑑𝐤e^{\alpha (𝐤^2+m^2)}=\frac{\pi ^{d/2}}{\mathrm{\Gamma }(s/2)}\frac{\mathrm{\Gamma }(\frac{sd}{2})}{m^{sd}}.$$

If $`\frac{sd}{2}=N`$ is a nonpositive integer number, one should modify the definition of $`I^{s,0}`$. Change $`dd2\epsilon `$. One finds:

$$\begin{array}{c}I^{s,0}=\frac{\pi ^{d/2}}{\mathrm{\Gamma }(s/2)m^{sd}}\frac{\mathrm{\Gamma }(1+\epsilon )(\pi m^2)^\epsilon }{(N+\epsilon )\mathrm{}(1+\epsilon )\epsilon }\\ \frac{\pi ^{d/2}(1)^N}{\mathrm{\Gamma }(s/2)m^{sd}N!\epsilon }(1+\epsilon (ln(\pi m^2)+\mathrm{\Gamma }^{}(1)+1+\mathrm{}+N^1))+O(\epsilon ).\end{array}$$

In the $`MS`$ renormalization scheme , one should omit the term $`O(\epsilon ^1)`$. There is also an $`\overline{MS}`$ renormalization scheme in which one omits also a fixed term of order $`O(1)`$. Let us omit the term $`ln(\pi m^2)+\mathrm{\Gamma }^{}(1)`$. We obtain the following renormalized value of the integral:

$$I_{ren}^{s,0}=\frac{\pi ^{d/2}}{\mathrm{\Gamma }(s/2)m^{sd}}\frac{(1)^N}{N!}(1+\mathrm{}+1/N),$$

provided that $`N=\frac{ds}{2}`$ is a nonnegative integer number.

Therefore, we have defined the renormalized trace of an asymptotic expansion of a Weyl symbol by formaula ($`(3.78)`$), provided that the coefficient functions are polynomials in $`𝐤/\omega _𝐤`$.

Let us investigate properties of the renormalized trace. Some properties are direct corollaries of definition ($`(3.78)`$).

Lemma 3.15. The following properties are satisfied:
(i) $`Tr_R(\underset{¯}{A}+\lambda \underset{¯}{B})=0`$;
(ii) $`Tr_R\frac{\underset{¯}{A}}{k_i}=0`$; $`Tr_R\frac{\underset{¯}{A}}{x_i}=0;`$
(ii) Let $`Elim_n\mathrm{}\underset{¯}{A}_n=\underset{¯}{A}`$. Then $`lim_n\mathrm{}Tr_R\underset{¯}{A}_n=Tr_R\underset{¯}{A}`$.
(iv) Let $`deg\underset{¯}{A}>d`$. Then $`Tr_R\underset{¯}{A}=TrA`$.

Corollary. The property AP9 is satisfied.

Let us check that $`Tr_R(\underset{¯}{A}\underset{¯}{B}\underset{¯}{B}\underset{¯}{A})=0`$. First of all, prove the following statement.

Lemma 3.16. $`Tr_R\underset{¯}{A}\underset{¯}{B}=Tr_R\underset{¯}{A}\underset{¯}{B}`$.

Proof. Making use of eq.($`(C.8)`$), we find

$$\begin{array}{c}(AB)(𝐱,𝐤)(AB)(𝐱,𝐤)=\\ \frac{d𝐩_1d𝐩_2d𝐲_1d𝐲_2}{(2\pi )^{2d}}_0^1𝑑\alpha \frac{}{\alpha }[A(𝐱+𝐲_1;𝐤+\alpha \frac{𝐩_2}{2})B(𝐱+𝐲_2,𝐤_2\alpha \frac{𝐩_1}{2})]e^{i𝐩_1𝐲_1i𝐩_2𝐲_2}=\\ \frac{i}{2}\frac{d𝐩_1d𝐩_2d𝐲_1d𝐲_2}{(2\pi )^{2d}}_0^1d\alpha [\frac{}{k^i}A(𝐱+𝐲_1;𝐤+\alpha \frac{𝐩_2}{2})\frac{}{x^i}B(𝐱+𝐲_2,𝐤_2\alpha \frac{𝐩_1}{2})\\ \frac{}{x^i}A(𝐱+𝐲_1;𝐤+\alpha \frac{𝐩_2}{2})\frac{}{k^i}B(𝐱+𝐲_2,𝐤_2\alpha \frac{𝐩_1}{2})]e^{i𝐩_1𝐲_1i𝐩_2𝐲_2}=\frac{i}{2}\frac{C^i(𝐱,𝐤)}{k^i}\end{array}$$

with

$$\begin{array}{c}C^i(𝐱,𝐤)=\frac{d𝐩_1d𝐩_2d𝐲_1d𝐲_2}{(2\pi )^{2d}}_0^1d\alpha [A(𝐱+𝐲_1;𝐤+\alpha \frac{𝐩_2}{2})\frac{}{x^i}B(𝐱+𝐲_2,𝐤_2\alpha \frac{𝐩_1}{2})\\ B(𝐱+𝐲_2,𝐤_2\alpha \frac{}{x^i}A(𝐱+𝐲_1;𝐤+\alpha \frac{𝐩_2}{2})\frac{𝐩_1}{2})]e^{i𝐩_1𝐲_1i𝐩_2𝐲_2}.\end{array}$$

One also has

$$\stackrel{ˇ}{A}\stackrel{ˇ}{B}\stackrel{ˇ}{A}\stackrel{ˇ}{B}=\frac{i}{2}\frac{\stackrel{ˇ}{C}^j}{k^j}$$

with

$$\begin{array}{c}\stackrel{ˇ}{C}^j(𝐱,𝐤)=_{s=0}^{\mathrm{}}_{l_1l_20;l_1+l_2=s}\frac{(i)^{l_1}}{2^{l_1}l_1!}\frac{i^{l_2}}{2^{l_2}l_2!}\frac{1}{l_1+l_2+1}[\frac{^{l_1+l_2}\stackrel{ˇ}{A}}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{l_1}}x^{j_1}\mathrm{}x^{j_{l_2}}}\frac{}{x^i}\frac{^{l_1+l_2}\stackrel{ˇ}{B}}{k^{j_1}\mathrm{}k^{j_{l_2}}x^{i_1}\mathrm{}x^{i_{l_1}}}\\ \frac{^{l_1+l_2}\stackrel{ˇ}{B}}{k^{j_1}\mathrm{}k^{j_{l_2}}x^{i_1}\mathrm{}x^{i_{l_1}}}\frac{}{x^i}\frac{^{l_1+l_2}\stackrel{ˇ}{A}}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{l_1}}x^{j_1}\mathrm{}x^{j_{l_2}}}.]\end{array}$$

Analogously to Appendix C, one finds that $`(C^j,\stackrel{ˇ}{C}^j)\underset{¯}{C}^j`$ is an asymptotic expansion of a Weyl symbol. It follows from lemma 3.15 that $`Tr_R\frac{\underset{¯}{C}^j}{k^j}=0`$. We obtain statement of lemma 3.16.

Lemma 3.17. For $`deg\underset{¯}{B}2`$, $`Tr_Rx^k\omega _𝐤\underset{¯}{B}=Tr_Rx^k\omega _𝐤\underset{¯}{B}`$ and $`Tr_R\omega _𝐤\underset{¯}{B}=Tr_R\omega _𝐤\underset{¯}{B}`$.

The proof is analogous.

Corollary 1. The following relations are satisfied:
1. $`Tr_R(\underset{¯}{A}\underset{¯}{B}\underset{¯}{B}\underset{¯}{A})=0`$;
2. $`Tr_R(x^k\omega _𝐤\underset{¯}{B}\underset{¯}{B}x^k\omega _𝐤)=0`$;
3. $`Tr_R(\omega _𝐤\underset{¯}{B}\underset{¯}{B}\omega _𝐤)=0`$.

Corollary 2. Property P8 is satisfied.

Thus, we have constructed functionals $`Tr_Rx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}Tr_Rx^k\underset{¯}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}`$ and $`Tr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}Tr_R\underset{¯}{\mathrm{\Gamma }}`$ such that properties P8 and P9 are satisfied.

Note that the ”finite renormalization”  can be also be made. One can add quantities $`\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_Rx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}`$ and $`\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}`$ to renormalized traces in such a way that

$$\begin{array}{c}\delta _k^P\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=0;\delta _{kl}^M\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=0;\\ \delta _l^P\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_Rx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=\delta ^{kl}\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }};\delta _{kl}^M\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_Rx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=\delta ^{kl}\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_Rx^m\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\delta ^{mk}\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_Rx^l\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }};\\ \delta _l^B\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_Rx^k\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\delta _k^B\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_Rx^l\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=0;\\ \delta _l^B\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_R\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}\delta ^H\mathrm{\Delta }Tr_Rx^l\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=0.\end{array}$$

This corresponds to the possibility of adding the finite one-loop counterterm to the Lagrangian.

## 4 Semiclassical field

An important feature of QFT is a notion of field. In this section we introduce the notion of a semiclassical field and check its Poincare invariance.

### 4.1 Definition of semiclassical field

First of all, introduce the notion of a semiclassical field $`\stackrel{~}{\varphi }(𝐱,t:X)`$ in the functional Schrodinger representation. At $`t=0`$, this is the operator of multiplication by $`\varphi (𝐱)`$. For arbitrary $`t`$, one has

$$\stackrel{~}{\varphi }(𝐱,t:X)=\stackrel{~}{U}_t(Xu_tX)\varphi (𝐱)\stackrel{~}{U}_t(u_tXX),$$

where $`\stackrel{~}{U}_t(u_tXX)`$ is the operator transforming the initial condition for the Cauchy problem for eq.($`(1.6)`$) to the solution to the Cauchy problem.

The field operator in the Fock representation is related with $`\stackrel{~}{\varphi }`$ by the transformation ($`(2.1)`$),

$$\widehat{\varphi }(𝐱,t:X)=V_X^1\stackrel{~}{\varphi }(𝐱,t:X)V_X.$$

Making use of eq.($`(3.4)`$), one finds

$$\widehat{\varphi }(𝐱,t:X)=(U_H^t(X))^1\widehat{\varphi }(𝐱,u_tX)U_H^t(X)$$
$`(4.1)`$
Here $`\widehat{\varphi }(𝐱:X)=i(\mathrm{\Gamma }^{1/2}(A^+A^{}))(𝐱)`$, while

$$U_H^t(X)U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}XX),\mathrm{\Lambda }=1,𝐚=0,a^0=t.$$

Let us define $`\widehat{\varphi }`$ mathematically as an operator distribution.

Let $`S(𝐑^d)`$ be a space of complex smooth functions $`u:𝐑^d𝐂`$ such that

$$u_{l,m}=\underset{\alpha _1+\mathrm{}+\alpha _dl}{\mathrm{max}}\underset{𝐱𝐑^d}{sup}(1+|𝐱|)^m|\frac{^{\alpha _1+\mathrm{}+\alpha _d}}{x^{\alpha _1}\mathrm{}x^{\alpha _d}u(𝐱)}|_k\mathrm{}0.$$

We say that the sequence $`\{u_k\}S(𝐑^n)`$, $`k=\overline{1,\mathrm{}}`$ tends to zero if $`u_k_{l,m}_k\mathrm{}0`$ for all $`l,m`$.

Definition 4.1. (cf.). 1. An operator distribution $`\varphi `$ defined on $`𝒟`$ is a linear mapping taking functions $`fS(𝐑^d)`$ to the linear operator $`\varphi [f]:𝒟`$,

$$\varphi :fS(𝐑^d)\varphi [f]:𝒟,$$

such that $`\varphi [f_n]\mathrm{\Phi }_n\mathrm{}0`$ if $`f_n_n\mathrm{}0`$.
2. A sequence of operator distributions $`\varphi _n`$ is called convergent to the operator distribtion $`\varphi `$ if

$$\varphi _n[f]\mathrm{\Phi }\varphi [f]\mathrm{\Phi }_n\mathrm{}0$$

for all $`\mathrm{\Phi }𝒟`$, $`fS(𝐑^d)`$.

We will write

$$\varphi [f]𝑑𝐱\varphi (𝐱)f(𝐱),𝐱𝐑^d.$$

Consider the mapping $`f\varphi _t\{f\}`$, $`fS(𝐑^d)`$ of the form

$$\varphi _t\{f:X\}=d𝐱\widehat{\varphi }(𝐱,t:X)f(𝐱).$$

Lemma 4.1. $`\varphi _t`$ is an operator distribution being continous with respect to $`t`$.

Proof. One has

$$\varphi _t\{f:X\}=(U_H^t(X))^1i𝑑𝐱(A^+(𝐱)(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}f)(𝐱)A^{}(𝐱)(\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}f)(𝐱))U_H^t(X).$$

It follows from lemma B.3 and theorem B.15 that this operator distribution is defined on

$$𝒟=\{\mathrm{\Psi }|||\mathrm{\Psi }||_T^1<\mathrm{}\}$$

and continous with respect to $`t`$. Lemma 4.1 is proved.

Consider the mapping $`f\varphi [f]`$, $`fS(𝐑^{d+1})`$ of the foem

$$\varphi [f:X]=dt\varphi _t\{f(,t):X\}.$$

Lemma 4.2. $`\varphi `$ is an operator distribution.

The proof is analogous to lemma 4.1.

### 4.2 Poincare invariance of the semiclassical field

#### 4.2.1 Algebraic properties

To check the property of Poincare invariance, notice that it is sufficient to check it for partial cases: spatial translations, rotations, evolution, boost, since any Poincare transformation can be presented as a composition of these transformations. Let $`g_B(\tau )=(a(\tau ),\mathrm{\Lambda }(\tau ))`$ be a one-parametric subgroup of Poincare group corresponding to the element $`B`$ of the Poincare algebra. The Poincare invariance property can be rewritten as

$$\widehat{\varphi }[f:X]=(U_B^\tau (X))^+\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau )}F:U_{g_B(\tau )}X]U_B^\tau [X],$$
$`(4.2)`$
where

$$(v_{g_B(\tau )}f)(x)=f(\mathrm{\Lambda }^1(\tau )(xa(\tau ))).$$

Obviously, $`v_{g_1}v_{g_2}=v_{g_1g_2}`$.

Let us check relation ($`(4.2)`$). It is convenient to reduce the group property to an algebraic property. The formal derivative with respect to $`\tau `$ of the right-hand side of eq.($`(4.2)`$) is

$$(U_B^{|tau}(X))^+\{i[H(B:u_{g_B(\tau )}X);\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau )}X]]+\frac{}{\tau }\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau )}X]\}U_B^\tau (X)$$
$`(4.3)`$
If the quantity ($`(4.3)`$) vanishes, the property ($`(4.2)`$) will be satisfied since it is obeyed at $`\tau =0`$. Making use of the group property $`g_B(\tau +\delta \tau )=g_B(\delta \tau )g_B(\tau )`$, we find that vanishing of expression ($`(4.3)`$) is equivalent to the property:

$$\frac{}{\tau }|_{\tau =0}\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau )}X]i[\varphi [f:X];H(B:X)]=0.$$
$`(4.4)`$
We obtain the following lemma.

Lemma 4.3. Let the bilinear form ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{4.4}\mathit{)}`$) vanish on $`𝒟`$. Then the property ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{4.2}\mathit{)}`$) is satisfied on $`𝒟`$.

Proof. Consider the matrix element

$$\chi ^\tau =(U_B^\tau (X)\mathrm{\Psi }_1,\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau )}X]U_B^\tau (X)\mathrm{\Psi }_2)(\mathrm{\Psi }_1,\widehat{\varphi }[f:X]\mathrm{\Psi }_2),$$

where $`\mathrm{\Psi }_1,\mathrm{\Psi }_2𝒟`$. Show it to be differentiable with respect to $`\tau `$. Let us use an auxiliary lemma.

Lemma 4.4. Let $`\mathrm{\Psi }𝒟`$. Then the vector $`\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau )}X]\mathrm{\Psi }`$ is strongly continously differentiable with respect to $`\tau `$.

Proof. One has:

$$\begin{array}{c}\frac{\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau +\delta \tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau +\delta \tau )}X]\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau )}X]}{\delta \tau }\mathrm{\Psi }=\varphi [\frac{v_{g_B(\delta \tau )}1}{\delta \tau }v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau +\delta \tau )}X]\mathrm{\Psi }+\\ \frac{\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\delta \tau )g_B(\tau )}X]\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau )}X]}{\delta \tau }\mathrm{\Psi }.\end{array}$$

The first term tends to $`\varphi [\frac{}{t}|_{t=0}v_{g_B(t)}v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau )}X]\mathrm{\Psi }`$ because of estimations of lemma B.3. The second term tends to $`\delta [B]\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau )}X]\mathrm{\Psi }`$ because of construction of operator $`\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}`$ and formula ($`(A.15)`$) of Appendix A. Lemma 4.4 is proved.

To prove lemma 4.3, notice that

$$\begin{array}{c}\frac{\chi ^{\tau +\delta \tau }\chi ^\tau }{\delta \tau }=(\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau +\delta \tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau +\delta \tau )}X]U_B^{\tau +\delta \tau }(X)\mathrm{\Psi }_1;\frac{U_B^{\tau +\delta \tau }(X)U_B^\tau }{\delta \tau }\mathrm{\Psi }_2)\\ +(U_B^{\tau +\delta \tau }(X)\mathrm{\Psi }_1;(\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau +\delta \tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau +\delta \tau )}X]\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau )}X])U_B^\tau (X)\mathrm{\Psi }_2)\\ +((U_B^{\tau +\delta \tau }(X)U_B^\tau (X))\mathrm{\Psi }_1;\varphi [v_{g_B(\tau )}f:u_{g_B(\tau )}X]U_B^\tau (X)\mathrm{\Psi }_2).\end{array}$$

This quantity tends as $`\delta \tau 0`$ to the matrix element of the bilinear form ($`(4.3)`$) and vanishes under condition ($`(4.4)`$). Lemma 4.3 is proved.

#### 4.2.2 Check of invariance

One should check property ($`(4.2)`$) for spatial translations and rotations, evolution and boost transformations.

For spatial translations and rotations, property ($`(4.2)`$) reads:

$$\widehat{\varphi }(𝐱,t:X)=U_{0,𝐚,L}^1\widehat{\varphi }(L𝐱+𝐚,t:u_{0,𝐚,L}X)U_{0,𝐚,L}$$
$`(4.5)`$
It follows from commutativity of $`U_{0,𝐚,L}`$ and $`U_t`$ and eqs.($`(3.68)`$), ($`(3.58)`$), ($`(3.34)`$) that property ($`(4.5)`$) is satisfied.

For evolution operator, property ($`(4.2)`$) is rewritten as:

$$\widehat{\varphi }(𝐱,t:X)=(U_H^\tau (X))^1\widehat{\varphi }(𝐱,t\tau :u_\tau X)U_H^\tau (X)$$
$`(4.6)`$
Relation ($`(4.6)`$) is a direct corollary of definition ($`(4.1)`$) and group property for evolution operators.

Consider now the $`𝐧`$-boost transformation. Check property ($`(4.4)`$). It can be presented as

$$[\stackrel{˘}{B}^k;\widehat{\varphi }(𝐱,t;X)]=i(x^k\frac{}{t}+t\frac{}{x^k})\widehat{\varphi }(𝐱,t:X)$$

or

$$\begin{array}{c}[B^k(X);(U_H^t(X))^1\varphi (𝐱:u_tX)U_H^t(X)]+i\delta _B^k\{(U_H^t(X))^1\varphi (𝐱:u_tX)U_H^t(X)\}=\\ i(x^k\frac{}{t}+t\frac{}{x^k})(U_H^t(X))^1\varphi (𝐱:u_tX)U_H^t(X)\end{array}$$
$`(4.7)`$
Let us make use of property ($`(A.13)`$). For partial case it can be presented as

$$B^k(X)(U_H^t(X))^1=i(U_H^t(X))^1(\delta _B^kU_H^t)(X)(U_H^t(X))^1+(U_H^t(X))^1[B^k(u_tX)tP^k(u_tX)]$$
$`(4.8)`$
or

$$U_H^t(X)B^k(X)=i(\delta _B^kU_H^t)(X)+[B^k(u_tX)tP^k(u_tX)]U_H^t(X).$$
$`(4.9)`$
Making use of relations ($`(4.8)`$), ($`(4.9)`$), we take relation ($`(4.7)`$) to the form

$$[\stackrel{˘}{B}^k(Y)\stackrel{˘}{P}^k(Y)t;\varphi (𝐱:Y)]=x^k[\stackrel{˘}{H}(Y);\varphi (𝐱:Y)]it\frac{\varphi (𝐱:Y)}{x^k},$$

where $`Y=u_tX`$. The property

$$i\frac{\varphi (𝐱:Y)}{x^k}=[\stackrel{˘}{P}^k(Y);\varphi (𝐱:Y)]$$

is a corollary of relation ($`(3.35)`$). The relation

$$[\stackrel{˘}{B}^k(Y)x^k\stackrel{˘}{H}(Y);\varphi (𝐱:Y)]=0$$

is also checked by direct calculation.

Thus, we have obtained the following result.

Theorem 4.5. The invariance property ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{2.4}\mathit{)}`$) is satisfied.

## 5 Composed semiclassical states

### 5.1 Semiclassical states in quantum mechanics

The most famous semiclassical approach to quantum mechanics is the WKB-approach. It is the following. One investigates the behavior of solutions of semiclassical equation of the form

$$i\epsilon \frac{\psi _t(x)}{t}=H_t(\stackrel{\omega }{x},\stackrel{\omega }{i\epsilon \frac{}{x}})\psi _t(x),t𝐑,x𝐑^d$$
$`(5.1)`$
as $`\epsilon 0`$. Here the Weyl quantization is considered. The initial condition is chosen to be

$$\psi _0(x)=\phi _0(x)e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }S_0(x)}$$
$`(5.2)`$
where $`S_0`$ is a real function. The WKB-result  is that the solution of eq.($`(5.1)`$) at time moment $`t`$ has the same form ($`(5.2)`$) up to $`O(\epsilon )`$,

$$\psi _t\phi _te^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }S_t}=O(\epsilon ),$$

provided that $`S_t(x)`$ is a solution to the Cauchy problem for the Hamilton-Jacobi equation

$$\frac{S_t}{t}+H_t(x,\frac{S}{x})=0,$$

while $`\phi _t(x)`$ obeys the transport equation

$$\frac{\phi _t(x)}{t}+\frac{H_t}{p_i}(x,\frac{S_t}{x})\frac{\phi _t(x)}{x_i}+\frac{1}{2}\frac{}{x_i}\{\frac{H_t}{p_i}(x,\frac{S_t}{x})\}\phi _t(x)=0$$

and initial condition $`\phi _0`$.

However, we are not obliged to choose the initial condition for eq.($`(5.1)`$) in a form ($`(5.2)`$). There are other substitutions to eq.($`(5.1)`$) that conserve their forms under time evolution as $`\epsilon 0`$. For example, the wave function

$$\psi _t(x)=e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }S_t}e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }P_t(xQ_t)}f_t(\frac{xQ_t}{\sqrt{\epsilon }})(K_{S_t,P_t,Q_t}^\epsilon f_t)(x),f_tS(𝐑^d)$$
$`(5.3)`$
used in the Maslov complex-WKB theory  also approximately satisfies eq.($`(5.1)`$) if

$$\begin{array}{c}\dot{S}_t=P_t\dot{Q}_tH_t(Q_t,P_t),\dot{Q}_t=\frac{H}{P},\dot{P}_t=\frac{H}{Q},\\ i\dot{f}_t(\xi )=\left[\frac{1}{2}\frac{1}{i}\frac{}{\xi _i}\frac{^2H}{P_iP_j}\frac{1}{i}\frac{}{\xi _j}+\frac{1}{2}\frac{^2H}{Q_iP_j}(\xi _i\frac{1}{i}\frac{}{\xi _j}+\frac{1}{i}\frac{}{\xi _j}\xi _i)+\frac{1}{2}\frac{^2H}{Q_iQ_j}\xi _i\xi _j\right]f_t(\xi ).\end{array}$$
$`(5.4)`$
Therefore, for the initial condition $`K_{S_0,P_0,Q_0}^\epsilon f_0`$ the solution for the Cauchy problem for eq.($`(5.1)`$) will be asymptotically equal to $`K_{S_t,P_t,Q_t}^\epsilon f_t`$ up to terms of the order $`O(\sqrt{\epsilon })`$.

The wave function ($`(5.2)`$) rapidly oscillates with respect to all variables. The wave function ($`(5.3)`$) rapidly damps at $`xQ_t>>O(\sqrt{\epsilon })`$. One should come to the conclusion that there exists a wave function asymptotically satisfying eq.($`(5.1)`$) which oscillates with respect to one group of variables and damps with respect to other variables. The construction of such states is given in the Maslov theory of Lagrangian manifolds with comples germ . Let $`\alpha 𝐑^k`$, $`(P(\alpha ),Q(\alpha ))𝐑^{2d}`$ be a $`k`$-dimensional surface in the $`2d`$-dimensional phase space, $`S(\alpha )`$ be a real function, $`f(\alpha ,\xi )`$, $`\xi 𝐑^d`$ is a smooth function. Set $`\psi (x)`$ to be not exponentially amall if and only if the distance between point $`x`$ and surface $`Q(\alpha )`$ is of the order $`O(\sqrt{\epsilon })`$. Otherwise, set $`\psi (x)0`$. If $`\mathrm{min}_\alpha |xQ(\alpha )|=|xQ(\overline{\alpha })|=O(\sqrt{\epsilon })`$, set

$$\psi (x)=c_\epsilon e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }S(\overline{\alpha })}e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }P(\overline{\alpha })(xQ(\overline{\alpha }))}f(\overline{\alpha },\frac{xQ(\overline{\alpha })}{\sqrt{\epsilon }}).$$
$`(5.5)`$
One can note that wave functions ($`(5.2)`$) and ($`(5.3)`$) are partial cases of the wave function ($`(5.5)`$). Namely, for $`k=0`$ the manifold $`(P(\overline{\alpha }),Q(\overline{\alpha })`$ is a point, so that the functions ($`(5.5)`$) coincide with ($`(5.3)`$). Let $`k=n`$. If the surface $`(P(\overline{\alpha }),Q(\overline{\alpha })`$ is in the general position, for $`x`$ in some domain one has $`x=Q(\overline{\alpha })`$ for some $`\overline{\alpha }`$. Therefore,

$$\psi (x)=c_\epsilon e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }S(\overline{\alpha })}f(\overline{\alpha },0).$$

We obtain the WKB-wave function. Thus, WKB and wave-packet asymptotic formulas ($`(5.2)`$) and ($`(5.3)`$) are partial cases of the wave function ($`(5.5)`$) appeared in the theory of Lagrangian manifolds with complex germ.

The lack of formula ($`(5.5)`$) is that the dependence on $`\overline{\alpha }`$ on $`x`$ is implicit and too complicated. However, under certain conditions formula ($`(5.5)`$) is invariant if $`\overline{\alpha }`$ is shifted by a quantity of the order $`O(\sqrt{\epsilon })`$. In this case, the point $`\overline{\alpha }`$ can be chosen in arbitrary way such that the distance of $`x`$ and $`Q(\overline{\alpha })`$ is of the order $`O(\sqrt{\epsilon })`$.

Namely,

$$\begin{array}{c}e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }S(\overline{\alpha }+\sqrt{\epsilon }\beta )}e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }P(\overline{\alpha }+\sqrt{\epsilon }\beta )(xQ(\overline{\alpha }+\sqrt{\epsilon }\beta ))}f(\overline{\alpha }+\sqrt{\epsilon }\beta ,\frac{xQ(\overline{\alpha }+\sqrt{\epsilon }\beta )}{\sqrt{\epsilon }})\\ e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }S(\overline{\alpha })}e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }P(\overline{\alpha })(xQ(\overline{\alpha }))}f(\overline{\alpha },\frac{xQ(\overline{\alpha })}{\sqrt{\epsilon }})\end{array}$$
$`(5.6)`$
if

$$\frac{S}{\overline{\alpha }_i}=P\frac{Q}{\overline{\alpha }_i}$$
$`(5.7)`$
$$e^{i\beta (\xi \frac{P}{\overline{\alpha }}\frac{1}{i}\frac{}{\xi }\frac{P}{\overline{\alpha }})}f=f$$
$`(5.8)`$
To obtain eqs.($`(5.7)`$) and ($`(5.8)`$), one should expand left-hand side of eq.($`(5.6)`$). Considering rapidly oscillating factors, we obtain eq.($`(5.7)`$). To obtain eq.($`(5.8)`$), it is sufficient to consider the limit $`\epsilon 0`$.

Conditions ($`(5.7)`$), ($`(5.8)`$) simplify the check  that the wave function ($`(5.5)`$) approximately satisfies eq.($`(5.1)`$) if the functions $`S,P,Q,f`$ are time-dependent. They should satisfy eqs.($`(5.4)`$). One can show that conditions ($`(5.7)`$), ($`(5.8)`$) are invariant under time evolution.

The form ($`(5.5)`$) of the semiclassical state appeared in the theory of Lagrangian manifolds with complex germ is not convenient for generalization to systems of infinite number of degrees of freedom. It is much more convenient to consider to consider wave function ($`(5.3)`$) as an ”elementary” semiclassical state and wave function ($`(5.5)`$) as a ”composed” semiclassical state presented as a superposition of elementary semiclassical states:

$$\psi (x)=C_\epsilon 𝑑\alpha e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }S(\alpha )}e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }P(\alpha )(xQ(\alpha ))}g(\alpha ,\frac{xQ(\alpha )}{\sqrt{\epsilon }}),$$
$`(5.9)`$
where $`g(\alpha ,\xi )`$ is a rapidly damping function as $`\xi \mathrm{}`$. Superpositions of such type were considered in ; the general case was investigated in . The composed semiclassical states for the abstract semiclassical theory were studied in .

To show that expression ($`(5.9)`$) is in agreement with formula ($`(5.5)`$), notice that the wave function ($`(5.9)`$) is exponentially small if the distance between $`x`$ and the surface $`Q(\alpha )`$ is of order $`>O(\sqrt{\epsilon })`$. Let $`min_\alpha |xQ(\alpha )|=O(\sqrt{\epsilon })`$ and $`|xQ(\overline{\alpha })|=O(\sqrt{\epsilon })`$. Consider the substitution $`\alpha =\overline{\alpha }+\sqrt{\epsilon }\beta `$. We find

$$\psi (x)=C_\epsilon \epsilon ^{k/2}𝑑\beta e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }S(\overline{\alpha }+\beta \sqrt{\epsilon })}e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }P(\overline{\alpha }+\beta \sqrt{\epsilon })(xQ(\overline{\alpha }+\beta \sqrt{\epsilon }))}g(\overline{\alpha }+\beta \sqrt{\epsilon },\frac{xQ(\overline{\alpha }+\beta \sqrt{\epsilon })}{\sqrt{\epsilon }})$$

If the condition ($`(5.7)`$) is not satisfied, this is an integral of a rapidly oscillating function. It is exponentially small. Under condition ($`(5.7)`$) one can consider a limit $`\epsilon 0`$ and obtain the expression ($`(5.5)`$), provided that

$$c_\epsilon =C_\epsilon \epsilon ^{k/2}$$

and

$$\begin{array}{c}f(\overline{\alpha },\xi )=𝑑\beta e^{i\beta _s(\frac{P_m}{\overline{\alpha }_s}\xi _m\frac{Q_m}{\overline{\alpha }_s}\frac{1}{i}\frac{}{\xi _m})}g(\overline{\alpha },\xi )=\\ (2\pi )^k_{s=1}^k\delta (\frac{P_m}{\overline{\alpha }_s}\xi _m\frac{Q_m}{\overline{\alpha }_s}\frac{1}{i}\frac{}{\xi _m})g(\overline{\alpha },\xi ).\end{array}$$
$`(5.10)`$
Integral representation ($`(5.9)`$) simplifies substitution of the wave function to eq.($`(5.1)`$) and estimation of accuracy. Namely, the integrand entering to eq.($`(5.9)`$) is an asymptotic solution to eq.($`(5.1)`$), provided that eqs,($`(5.4)`$) are satisfied. Using the linearity property, we obtain that the wave function ($`(5.9)`$) approximately satisfies eq.($`(5.1)`$) . Properties ($`(5.7)`$), ($`(5.10)`$) are shown to be invariant under time evolution .

It follows from eq.($`(5.10)`$) that the function $`f`$ is invariant under the following change of the function $`g`$ (”gauge transformation”):

$$g(\alpha ,\xi )g(\alpha ,\xi )+(\frac{P_m}{\alpha _s}\xi _m\frac{Q_m}{\alpha _s}\frac{1}{i}\frac{}{\xi _m})\chi _s(\alpha ,\xi ).$$
$`(5.11)`$
Thus, the semiclassical state is specified at fixed $`S(\alpha )`$, $`P(\alpha )`$, $`Q(\alpha )`$ not by the function $`g`$ but by the class of equivalence of functions $`g`$: two functions are equivalent if they are related by the transformation ($`(5.11)`$).

This fact can be also illustrated if we evaluate the inner product $`\psi ^2`$ as $`\epsilon 0`$:

$$\begin{array}{c}\psi ^2=C_\epsilon ^2𝑑\alpha 𝑑\gamma 𝑑xe^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }S(\alpha )}e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }P(\alpha )(xQ(\alpha )}g^{}(\alpha ,\frac{xQ(\alpha )}{\sqrt{\epsilon }})\\ e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }S(\gamma )}e^{\frac{i}{\epsilon }P(\gamma )(xQ(\gamma ))}g(\gamma ,\frac{xQ(\gamma )}{\sqrt{\epsilon }}),\end{array}$$

The integral over $`x`$ is not exponentially small if $`\alpha \gamma =O(\sqrt{\epsilon })`$. After substitution $`\gamma =\alpha +\beta \sqrt{\epsilon }`$, $`xQ(\alpha )=\xi \sqrt{\epsilon }`$ and considering the limit $`\epsilon 0`$, we find

$$\psi ^2C_\epsilon ^2\epsilon ^{\frac{k+n}{2}}𝑑\alpha (g(\alpha ,),\underset{s=1}{\overset{k}{}}2\pi \delta (\frac{P_m}{\alpha _s}\xi _m\frac{Q_m}{\alpha _s}\frac{1}{i}\frac{}{\xi _s})g(\alpha ,)).$$
$`(5.12)`$
The $`k`$-dimensional surface $`\{(S(\alpha ),P(\alpha ),Q(\alpha ))\}`$ (”isotropic manifols”) in the extended phase space has the following physical meaning. Consider the average value of a semiclassical observable $`A(x,i\epsilon /x)`$. As $`\epsilon 0`$, one has

$$\begin{array}{c}(\psi ,A(x,i\epsilon /x)\psi )C_\epsilon ^2\epsilon ^{\frac{k+n}{2}}d\alpha A(Q(\alpha ),P(\alpha ))(g(\alpha ,),\\ _{s=1}^k2\pi \delta (\frac{P_m}{\alpha _s}\xi _m\frac{Q_m}{\alpha _s}\frac{1}{i}\frac{}{\xi _s})g(\alpha ,)).\end{array}$$

We see that only values of the corresponding classical observable on the surface $`\{(Q(\alpha ),P(\alpha ))\}`$ are relevant for calculations fo average values as $`\epsilon 0`$. This means that the Blokhintsev-Wigner density function (Weyl symbol of the density matrix) corresponding to the composed semiclassical state is proportional to the delta function on the manifold $`\{(Q(\alpha ),P(\alpha ))\}`$.

Therefore, elementary semiclassical states describe evolution of a point particle, while composed semiclassical states (including WKB-states) describe evolution of the more complicated objects - isotropic manifolds.

### 5.2 Composed semiclassical states in quantum field theory

#### 5.2.1 Construction of semiclassical states

Analogously to qunatum mechanical formula ($`(5.9)`$), consider the superposition of the ”elementary” quantum field semiclassical states ($`(1.3)`$) of the form

$$\psi [\phi ()]=\frac{d\alpha }{\lambda ^{k/4}}e^{\frac{i}{\lambda }S(\alpha )}e^{\frac{i}{\lambda }\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ;𝐱)[\phi (𝐱)\sqrt{\lambda }\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,𝐱)]}g(\alpha ,\phi ()\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,)}{\sqrt{\lambda }})$$
$`(5.13)`$
where $`\alpha 𝐑^k`$, $`S(\alpha )`$, $`\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ;𝐱)`$, $`\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ;𝐱)`$ are smooth functions. Calculate (formally) the functional integral for $`(\psi ,\psi )`$:

$$\begin{array}{c}(\psi ,\psi )=\frac{d\alpha d\gamma }{\lambda ^{k/2}}D\phi e^{\frac{i}{\lambda }S(\alpha )}e^{\frac{i}{\lambda }\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ;𝐱)[\phi (𝐱)\sqrt{\lambda }\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,𝐱)]}g^{}(\alpha ,\phi ()\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,)}{\sqrt{\lambda }})\\ e^{\frac{i}{\lambda }S(\gamma )}e^{\frac{i}{\lambda }\mathrm{\Pi }(\gamma ;𝐱)[\phi (𝐱)\sqrt{\lambda }\mathrm{\Phi }(\gamma ,𝐱)]}g(\gamma ,\phi ()\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\gamma ,)}{\sqrt{\lambda }})\end{array}$$

After substitution $`\gamma =\alpha +\sqrt{\lambda }\beta `$, $`\phi ()=\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,)}{\sqrt{\lambda }}+\varphi ()`$ we obtain as $`\lambda 0`$:

$$\begin{array}{c}(\psi ,\psi )𝑑\alpha 𝑑\beta e^{\frac{i}{\sqrt{\lambda }}\beta _s(\frac{S}{\alpha _s}{\scriptscriptstyle 𝑑𝐱\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,𝐱){\scriptscriptstyle \frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _s}}})}e^{\frac{i}{2}\beta _s\frac{}{\alpha _s}(\frac{S}{\alpha _l}{\scriptscriptstyle 𝑑𝐱\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,𝐱){\scriptscriptstyle \frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _l}}})\beta _l}\\ D\varphi g^{}(\alpha ,\varphi ())e^{i\beta _l{\scriptscriptstyle 𝑑𝐱({\scriptscriptstyle \frac{\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _l}}\varphi (𝐱){\scriptscriptstyle \frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _l}}{\scriptscriptstyle \frac{1}{i}}{\scriptscriptstyle \frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi (𝐱)}})}}g(\alpha ,\varphi ())\end{array}$$
$`(5.14)`$
The condition

$$\frac{S}{\alpha _s}=𝑑𝐱\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,𝐱)\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _s}$$
$`(5.15)`$
should be satisfied. Otherwise, the integral ($`(5.14)`$) will be exponentially small as $`\lambda 0`$, so that state ($`(5.13)`$) will be trivial. Under condition ($`(5.15)`$), one has

$$(\psi ,\psi )_{\lambda 0}𝑑\alpha 𝑑\beta D\varphi g^{}(\alpha ,\varphi ())e^{i\beta _l{\scriptscriptstyle 𝑑𝐱({\scriptscriptstyle \frac{\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _l}}\varphi (𝐱){\scriptscriptstyle \frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _l}}{\scriptscriptstyle \frac{1}{i}}{\scriptscriptstyle \frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi (𝐱)}})}}g(\alpha ,\varphi ())$$
$`(5.16)`$
To specify the composed semiclassical state in the functional representation, one should:

(i) specify the smooth functions $`(S(\alpha ),\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,𝐱),\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,𝐱))X(\alpha )`$ obeying eq.($`(5.15)`$) (determine the $`k`$-dimensional isotropic manifold in the extended phase space $`𝒳`$);

(ii) specify the $`\alpha `$-dependent functional $`g(\alpha ,\varphi ())`$.

The inner product of composed semiclassical states is given by expression ($`(5.16)`$).

Since the inner product ($`(5.16)`$) may vanish for nonzero $`g`$, one should factorize the space of composed semiclassical states. Such functionals $`g`$ that obey the property

$$d\alpha (g^{}(\alpha ,)\underset{l}{}\delta [d𝐱(\frac{\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _l}\varphi (𝐱)\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _l}\frac{1}{i}\frac{\delta }{\delta \varphi (𝐱)})]g(\alpha ,)=0$$
$`(5.17)`$
should be set to be equal to zero, $`g0`$.

One can define the Poincare tarnsformation of the composed semiclassical state as follows. The transformation of $`(S(\alpha ),\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,),\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,))`$ is $`u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(S(\alpha ),\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,),\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,))`$. The transformation of $`g(\alpha ,\varphi ())`$ is

$$\stackrel{~}{U}_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(S,\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi })(S,\mathrm{\Pi },\mathrm{\Phi }))g(\alpha ,\varphi ()).$$

One should check that the inner product entering to eq.($`(5.17)`$) is invariant under Poincare transformations. This will also imply that equivalent states are taken to equivalent.

Since the functional Schrodinger representation is not well-defined, let us consider the Fock representation. One should then specify the $`\alpha `$-dependent Fock vector $`Y(\alpha )=V^1g(\alpha ,)`$ instead of the $`\alpha `$-dependent functional $`g(\alpha ,\varphi ()`$. Making use of formulas ($`(2.1)`$), we find that the inner product ($`(5.16)`$) takes the form

$$(\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{\Lambda }^k\\ Y()\end{array}\right),\left(\begin{array}{c}\mathrm{\Lambda }^k\\ Y()\end{array}\right))=𝑑\alpha 𝑑\beta (Y(\alpha ),e^{\beta _s{\scriptscriptstyle 𝑑𝐱(B_s(\alpha ,𝐱)A^+(𝐱)B_s^{}(\alpha ,𝐱)A_s^{}(𝐱))}}Y(\alpha ))$$
$`(5.18)`$
where

$$B_s(\alpha ,)=\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^{1/2}(\widehat{}\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,)}{\alpha _s}\frac{\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,)}{\alpha _s}),$$
$`(5.19)`$
$`\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}=\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}(\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,),\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,))`$, $`\widehat{}=\widehat{}(\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,),\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,))`$. If the isotropic manifold $`(\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,),\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,))`$ is non-degenerate, the functions $`B_s(\alpha ,𝐱)`$ are linearly independent.

The Poincare transformation of the composed semiclassical state $`\left(\begin{array}{c}\{X(\alpha )\}\\ Y()\end{array}\right)`$ is $`\left(\begin{array}{c}\{u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X(\alpha )\}\\ U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}(u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X(\alpha )X(\alpha ))Y()\end{array}\right)`$ Let us investigate some properties of the inner product ($`(5.18)`$) in order to check its invariance under Poincare transformations.

#### 5.2.2 Constrained Fock space

The purpose of this subsection is to investigate the properties of the inner product

$$<Y_1,Y_2>=𝑑\beta (Y_1,exp[\underset{s=1}{\overset{k}{}}\beta _s𝑑𝐱(B_s(𝐱)A^+(𝐱)B_s^{}(𝐱)A_s^{}(𝐱))]Y_2)$$
$`(5.20)`$
for the fock vectors $`Y_1`$, $`Y_2`$. Suppose the functions $`B_1,\mathrm{},B_k`$ to be linearly independent. Since the inner product ($`(5.20)`$) resembles the inner products for constrained systems , we will call the space under construction as a constrained Fock space.

First of all, investigate the problem of convergence of the integral ($`(5.20)`$). Note that the operator

$$U[B]=\mathrm{exp}[𝑑𝐱(B(𝐱)A^+(𝐱)B^{}(𝐱)A^{}(𝐱))]$$

is a well-defined unitary operator , provided that $`BL^2(𝐑^d)`$, and obey the relations

$$\begin{array}{c}A^{}(𝐱)U[B]=U[B](A^{}(𝐱)+B(𝐱));\\ A^+(𝐱)U[B]=U[B](A^+(𝐱)+B^{}(𝐱)).\end{array}$$

Lemma 5.1. (cf. ). The following estimation is satisfied:

$$B^m|(Y_1,U[B]Y_2)|\underset{k=0}{\overset{m}{}}\frac{m!}{k!(mk)!}Y_1_{k/2}Y_2_{(mk)/2}.$$
$`(5.21)`$
Proof. One has

$$[𝑑𝐱B^{}(𝐱)A^{}(𝐱);U[B]]=B^2U[B],$$

so that

$$B^2(Y_1,U[B]Y_2)=(𝑑𝐱B(𝐱)A^+(𝐱)Y_1,U[B]Y_2)(Y_1,U[B]𝑑𝐱B^{}(𝐱)A^{}(𝐱)Y_2).$$

Applying this identity $`m`$ times, we obtain:

$$\begin{array}{c}||B||^{2m}(Y_1,U[B]Y_2)=_{k=0}^m(1)^{mk}\frac{m!}{k!(mk)!}((d𝐱B(𝐱)A^+(𝐱))^kY_1,\\ U[B](d𝐱B^{}(𝐱)A^{}(𝐱))^{mk}Y_2).\end{array}$$

Making use of the result of lemma B.3,

$$𝑑𝐱B(𝐱)A^\pm (𝐱)Y_lBY_{l+1/2},$$

we find:

$$B^{2m}|(Y_1,U[B]Y_2)|\underset{s=0}{\overset{m}{}}\frac{m!}{s!(ms)!}B^mY_1_{s/2}Y_2_{(ms)/2}.$$

Lemma 5.1 is proved.

Corollary 1. Let $`B_1,\mathrm{},B_k`$ be linearly independent functions. Then for some constant $`C_1>0`$ the following estimation is satisfied:

$$|\beta |^m|(Y_1,U[\underset{s}{}\beta _sB_s]Y_2)|C_1^mY_1_{m/2}Y_2_{m/2}.$$

Proof. It is sufficient to notice that for linearly independent $`B_1,\mathrm{},B_k`$ the matrix $`(B_m,B_s)`$ is not degenerate, so that $`\frac{1}{2}_m\beta _mB_m^2C_1^1|\beta |^2`$ for some $`C_1`$. Applying the property $`Y_{s/2}Y_{m/2}`$ for $`sm`$, making use of eq.($`(5.21)`$), we prove corollary 1.

Corollary 2. Let $`Y_1_{m/2}<\mathrm{}`$, $`Y_2_{m/2}<\mathrm{}`$ for some $`m>k`$, Then the integrand entering to eq.($`\mathit{(}\mathit{5.20}\mathit{)}`$) obeys the relation

$$|(Y_1,U[\underset{s}{}\beta _sB_s]Y_2)|\frac{const}{(|\beta |+1)^m}$$
$`(5.22)`$
and integral ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{5.20}\mathit{)}`$) converges.

Corollary 3. Let $`Y_{1,n}`$, $`Y_{2,n}`$ be such sequences of Fock vectors that $`||Y_1,n||_{m/2}_n\mathrm{}0`$, $`||Y_2,n||_{m/2}C`$ for some $`m>k`$. Then $`<Y_1,Y_2>_n\mathrm{}0`$.

Let us investigate the property of nonnegative definiteness of the inner product ($`(5.20)`$).

Lemma 5.2. Let $`Y_m<\mathrm{}`$ for some $`m>k`$ and $`Im(B_s,B_l)=0`$. Then $`<Y,Y>0`$.

Proof. Introduce the following ”regularized” inner product

$$<Y,Y>_\epsilon =d\beta e^{\epsilon |\beta |^2}(Y,U[\underset{s}{}\beta _sB_s]Y).$$

It follows form estimation ($`(5.22)`$) and the Lesbegue theorem  that

$$<Y,Y>_\epsilon _{\epsilon 0}0.$$

It is sufficient then to prove that $`<Y,Y>_\epsilon 0`$. One has:

$$e^{\epsilon |\beta |^2}=(4\pi \epsilon )^{k/2}𝑑\beta ^{}e^{2\epsilon |\beta \beta ^{}|^22\epsilon |\beta ^{}|^2}$$

Therefore,

$$<Y,Y>_\epsilon =d\beta ^{}d\beta ^{\prime \prime }(4\pi \epsilon )^{k/2}e^{2\epsilon (|\beta ^{}|^2+|\beta ^{\prime \prime }|^2}(U[\underset{s}{}\beta _s^{\prime \prime }B_s]Y,U[\underset{s}{}\beta _s^{}B_s]Y),$$
$`(5.23)`$
here the shift of variable $`\beta =\beta ^{}\beta ^{\prime \prime }`$ is made. We have also taken into account that

$$U[\underset{s}{}\beta _s^{}B_s]U[\underset{s}{}\beta _s^{\prime \prime }B_s]=U[\underset{s}{}(\beta _s^{}\beta _s^{\prime \prime })B_s],$$

provided that the operators

$$d𝐱(B_s(𝐱)A^+(𝐱)B_s^{}(𝐱)A^{}(𝐱)]$$

commute (i.e. $`Im(B_s,B_l)=0`$). Formula ($`(5.23)`$) is taken to the form

$$<Y,Y>_\epsilon =||d\beta (4\pi \epsilon )^{k/4}e^{2\epsilon |\beta |^2}U[\underset{s}{}\beta _sB_s]Y||^20.$$

Lemma 5.2 is proved.

The expression ($`(5.20)`$) depends on $`k`$ functions $`B_1,\mathrm{},B_k`$. However, one may perform linear substitutions of variables $`\beta `$, so that only the subspace $`span\{B_1,\mathrm{},B_k\}`$ is essential.

Definition 5.1. A $`k`$-dimensional subspace $`L_kL^2(𝐑^d)`$ is called as a $`k`$-dimensional isotropic plane if $`Im(B^{},B^{\prime \prime })=0`$ for all $`B^{},B^{\prime \prime }L_k`$.

Let $`L_k`$ be a $`k`$-dimensional isotropic plane with an invariant under shifts measure $`d\sigma `$. Let $`B_1,\mathrm{},B_k`$ be a basis on $`L_k`$. One can assign then coordinates $`\beta _1,\mathrm{},\beta _n`$ to any element $`BL_k`$ according to the formula $`B=_s\beta _sB_s`$. The measure $`d\sigma `$ is presented as $`d\sigma =ad\beta _1\mathrm{}d\beta _k`$ for some constant $`a`$. Consider the inner product

$$<Y_1,Y_2>_{L_k}=ad\beta (Y_1,U[\underset{s}{}\beta _sB_s]Y_2)=d\sigma (Y_1,U[B]Y_2),$$
$`(5.24)`$
$`Y_{1,2}_{[k/2+1]}\mathrm{}`$. This definition is invariant under change of basis.

By $`_{[k/2+1]}`$ we denote space of such Fock vectors $`Y`$ that $`Y_{[k/2+1]}<\mathrm{}`$. We say that $`Y\stackrel{L_k}{}0`$ if $`<Y,Y>_{L_k}=0`$. Thus, the space $`_{[k/2+1]}`$ is divided into equivalence classes. Introduce the following inner product on the factor-space $`_{[k/2+1]}/`$:

$$<[Y_1],[Y_2]>^{L_k}=<Y_1,Y_2>_{L_k}$$
$`(5.25)`$
for all $`Y_1[Y_1]`$, $`Y_2[Y_2]`$. This definition is correct because of the following statement.

Lemma 5.3. Let $`<Y,Y>_{L_k}=0`$. Then $`<Y,Y^{}>_{L_k}=0`$ for all $`Y^{}`$.

The proof is standard (cf,, forexample, ). One has

$$0<Y^{}+\sigma Y,Y^{}+\sigma Y>_{L_k}=<Y^{},Y^{}>_{L_k}+\sigma ^{}<Y,Y^{}>_{L_k}+\sigma <Y^{},Y>_{L_k}$$

for all $`\sigma 𝐂`$, so that $`<Y,Y^{}>_{L_k}=0`$.

Definition 5.2. A constrained Fock space $`(L_k,d\sigma )`$ is the completeness of the factor-space $`_{[k/2+1]}/`$ with respect to the inner product ($`\mathit{(}\mathit{5.25}\mathit{)}`$),

$$(L_k)=\overline{_{[k/2+1]}/}.$$

#### 5.2.3 Transformations of constrained Fock vectors

Let us investigate evolution of constrained Fock vectors. Consider the Cauchy problem for eq.($`(B.3)`$) (Appendix B):

$$i\dot{\mathrm{\Psi }}_t=\left[\frac{1}{2}A^+_t^{++}A^+A^+_t^+A^{}+\frac{1}{2}A^{}_t^{}A^{}+\overline{H}_t\right]\mathrm{\Psi }_t.$$
$`(5.26)`$
Lemma 5.4. Let $`\mathrm{\Psi }_0_m`$. Then $`\mathrm{\Psi }_t_m`$.

Proof. Analogously to proof of lemma B.11, one has

$$\begin{array}{c}U_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0=U_t^1(A^+A^{}+1)^mU_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0=(1+(A^+G_t^T+A^{}F_t^+)(F_tA^++G_t^{}A^{}))^m\mathrm{\Psi }_0\end{array}$$

It follows from Lemmas B.2, B.3 that

$$\begin{array}{c}(1+(A^+G_t^T+A^{}F_t^+)(F_tA^++G_t^{}A^{}))\mathrm{\Psi }_l\\ \mathrm{\Psi }_l+F_t_2^2\mathrm{\Psi }_l+\sqrt{2}G_t^TF_t_2\mathrm{\Psi }_{l+1}+F_t^TF_t^{}+G_t^TG_t^{}\mathrm{\Psi }_{l+1}+F_t^+G_t^{}_2\mathrm{\Psi }_{l+1}\\ C\mathrm{\Psi }_{l+1}\end{array}$$

with

$$C=1+F_t_2^2+\sqrt{2}G_t^TF_t_2+F_t^TF_t^{}+G_t^TG_t^{}+F_t^+G_t^{}_2.$$

Applying this estimation, we obtain by induction:

$$U_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0_mC^m\mathrm{\Psi }_0_m.$$

Lemma is proved.

Let $`L_k`$ be a $`k`$-dimensional isotropic plane with invariant measure $`d\sigma `$. Define its evolution transformation $`L_k^t`$ as follows. Let $`(B_1,\mathrm{},B_k)`$ be a basis on $`L_k`$. Let $`B_s^t`$ be solutions to the Cauchy problems

$$\begin{array}{c}i\dot{B}_s^t=_t^+B_s^t+_t^{++}(B_s^t)^{};\\ i\dot{B}_s^t=_t^+B_s^t+_t^{}B_s^t;\\ B_s^0=B_s;B_s^0=B_s^{}.\end{array}$$
$`(5.27)`$
they can be expressed as

$$\begin{array}{c}B_s^t=F_tB_s^{}+G_t^{}B_s;\\ B_s^t=F_t^{}B_s+G_tB_s^{}.\end{array}$$
$`(5.28)`$
Lemma 5.5. Let $`Im(B_i,B_j)=0`$. Then $`Im(B_i^t,B_j^t)=0`$.

Proof. One has:

$$\begin{array}{c}2iIm(B_i^t,B_j^t)=(B_i^t,B_j^t)(B_j^t,B_i^t)=\\ (F_tB_i^{}+G_tB_i,F_tB_j^{}+G_tB_j)(F_tB_j^{}+G_tB_j,F_tB_i^{}+G_tB_i)=\\ (B_i,B_j)(B_j,B_i)=0.\end{array}$$

because of relations ($`(B.22)`$) of Appendix B.

Therefore, $`L_k^t`$ is also an isotropic plane. Define the measure $`d\sigma ^t`$ on $`L_k^t`$ as follows. For the choice of coordinates $`\beta _1,..,\beta _k`$ on $`L_k^t`$ according to the formula $`B=_s\beta _sB_s^t`$, set $`d\sigma =ad\beta _1\mathrm{}d\beta _k`$, where $`a`$ does not depend on $`t`$.

Lemma 5.6. The inner product $`<,>_{L_k^t}`$ is invariant under time evolution:

$$<\mathrm{\Psi }_t,\mathrm{\Psi }_t>_{L_k^t}=<\mathrm{\Psi }_0,\mathrm{\Psi }_0>_{L_k}.$$

Proof. By definition, one has

$$<\mathrm{\Psi }_t,\mathrm{\Psi }_t>_{L_k^t}=ad\beta (\mathrm{\Psi }_t,U[\underset{s}{}\beta _sB_s^t]\mathrm{\Psi }_t)=ad\beta (\mathrm{\Psi }_0,U_t^+U[\underset{s}{}\beta _sB_s^T]U_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0).$$

Eq.($`(5.28)`$) implies that

$$U[\underset{s}{}\beta _sB_s^t]=\mathrm{exp}\underset{s}{}\beta _sd𝐱(A_t^+(𝐱)B_s(𝐱)A_t^{}(𝐱)B_s^{}(𝐱)).$$

Making use of the relation

$$U_t^+A_t^\pm (𝐱)U_t=A^\pm (𝐱),$$

we obtain statement of lemma 5.6.

It follows from lemma 5.6 that operator $`U_t`$ takes equivalent states to equivalent. Therefore, it can be reduced to the factorspace $`_{[k/2+1]}/`$. Since it is unitary, it can be extended to $`(L_k)`$.

#### 5.2.4 Definition of composed semiclassical state and its Poincare transformation

Let us formulate a definition of a composed semiclassical state.

Let $`\mathrm{\Lambda }^k`$ be a smooth $`k`$-dimensional manifold $`(S(\alpha )<\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,),\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,))`$ in the extended phase space with measure $`d\mathrm{\Sigma }`$ such that the property ($`(5.15)`$) is satisfied. Such manifolds are called isotropic.

Specify an isotropic plane $`L_k(\alpha )L_k(\alpha :\mathrm{\Lambda }^k)`$ as follows. Let $`B_s`$ have the form ($`(5.19)`$). The subspace $`span\{B_1,\mathrm{},B_k\}`$ does not depend on particular choice of coordinates $`\alpha _1,\mathrm{},\alpha _k`$. Consider the quantity

$$\begin{array}{c}(B_s,B_l)(B_l,B_s)=(\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }}{\alpha _s}),(\widehat{}^{}\widehat{})\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^1\frac{\mathrm{\Pi }}{\alpha _l})(\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }}{\alpha _l},(\widehat{}^{}\widehat{})\widehat{\mathrm{\Gamma }}^1\frac{\mathrm{\Pi }}{\alpha _s})=\\ i𝑑𝐱\left(\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _l}\frac{\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _s}\frac{\mathrm{\Phi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _s}\frac{\mathrm{\Pi }(\alpha ,𝐱)}{\alpha _l}\right).\end{array}$$
$`(5.29)`$
Differentiating ($`(5.15)`$) with respect to $`\alpha _l`$, we obtain that quantity ($`(5.29)`$) vanishes. Thus, plane $`L_k(\alpha )`$ is isotropic.

Introduce the following measure $`d\sigma (\alpha )`$ on $`L_k(\alpha )`$:

$$d\sigma (\alpha )=\frac{D\mathrm{\Sigma }(\alpha )}{D\alpha }(\alpha )d\beta _1\mathrm{}d\beta _k,$$
$`(5.30)`$
where $`\beta _1`$, …, $`\beta _k`$ are coordinates on $`L_k(\alpha )`$ which are determined as $`B=_s\beta _sB_s`$.

Definition ($`(5.30)`$) is invariant under change of coordinates. Namely, let $`(\alpha _1^{},\mathrm{},\alpha _k^{})`$ be another set of local coordinates chosen instead of $`(\alpha _1,\mathrm{},\alpha _k)`$. Then

$$B_l^{}=\underset{s=1}{\overset{k}{}}\frac{\alpha _s}{\alpha _l^{}}B_s,$$

so that property $`_l\beta _l^{}B_l^{}=_s\beta _sB_s`$ implies that coordinate sets $`\beta `$ and $`\beta ^{}`$ should be related as follows:

$$\beta _s=\underset{l}{}\frac{\alpha _s}{\alpha _l^{}}\beta _l^{}.$$

Therefore, for the choice of coordinates $`\alpha ^{}`$ one has

$$d\sigma ^{}=\frac{D\mathrm{\Sigma }}{D\alpha ^{}}d\beta _1^{}\mathrm{}d\beta _k^{}=\frac{D\mathrm{\Sigma }}{D\alpha ^{}}\frac{D\alpha ^{}}{D\alpha }d\beta _1\mathrm{}d\beta _k=d\sigma .$$

The invariance property is checked.

Introduce the vector (Hilbert) bundle $`\pi _{\mathrm{\Lambda }^k}`$ as follows. The base of the bundle is the isotropic manifold $`\mathrm{\Lambda }^k`$. The fibre that corresponds to the point $`\alpha \mathrm{\Lambda }^k`$ is $`_\tau =(L_k(\alpha ))`$. Composed semiclassical states are introduced as sections of bundle $`\pi _{\mathrm{\Lambda }^k}`$.

Definition 5.2. A composed semiclassical state is a set of isotropic manifold $`\mathrm{\Lambda }^k`$ and section $`Z`$ of the bundle $`\pi _{\mathrm{\Lambda }^k}`$, such that the inner product

$$<(\mathrm{\Lambda }^k,Z),(\mathrm{\Lambda }^k,Z)>=_{\mathrm{\Lambda }^k}𝑑\mathrm{\Sigma }(Z(\alpha ),Z(\alpha ))_{(L_k(\alpha ))}$$

converges.

Poincare transformation of isotropic manifold $`\mathrm{\Lambda }^k=\{X(\alpha )\}`$ is determined as

$$u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}\{X(\alpha )\}=\{u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}X(\alpha )\}.$$

Section $`\{Z(\alpha )\}`$ is transformed as follows. Let $`Z(\alpha )=[Y(\alpha )]`$. define $`U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}Z(\alpha )=[U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}Y(\alpha )]`$. This definition is correct because of the resulta of previous subsubsection, provided that

$$L_k(\alpha :u_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}\mathrm{\Lambda }^k)=U_{a,\mathrm{\Lambda }}L_k(\alpha :\mathrm{\Lambda }^k).$$
$`(5.31)`$
It is sufficient to prove property ($`(5.31)`$) for partial cases: spatial translations and rotations, time evolution and $`x^1`$-boost.

1. Spatial translations.

The functions $`\mathrm{\Phi },\mathrm{\Pi }`$ obey eqs.($`(3.18)`$), while eq.($`(5.26)`$) has the form ($`(3.67)`$). Eqs.($`(5.27)`$) for $`B_s^t`$ take the form

$$\dot{B}_s^\tau =a^k_kB_s^\tau .$$

This equation is satisfied because of eqs.($`(3.18)`$), ($`(5.19)`$) and property ($`(3.35)`$).

2. Spatial rotations.

The functions $`\mathrm{\Phi },\mathrm{\Pi }`$ obey eqs.($`(3.15)`$), while eq.($`(5.26)`$) has the forem ($`(5.22)`$). Eqs.($`(5.27)`$) take the form

$$\dot{B}_i^\tau =\frac{1}{2}\theta _{sm}(x^s_mx^m_s)B_i^\tau .$$

This equation is satisfied because of eqs.($`(3.15)`$), ($`(5.19)`$) and property ($`(3.35)`$).

3. Time evolution.

The functions $`\mathrm{\Phi },\mathrm{\Pi }`$ obey eq.($`(1.5)`$), while eq.($`(5.26)`$) has the form ($`(3.69)`$). Eq.($`(5.27)`$) takes teh form:

$$i\dot{B}_j^t=(+\widehat{\omega })B_j^t+^{++}B_j^t,$$

where $``$ and $`^{++}`$ have the form ($`(3.69)`$). It is satisfied because of eqs.($`(1.5)`$) and ($`(5.19)`$).

4. The $`x^1`$-boost.

The functions $`\mathrm{\Phi },\mathrm{\Pi }`$ obey eq.($`(5.13)`$) with $`𝐧=(1,0,\mathrm{},0)`$, while eq.($`(5.26)`$) has the form ($`(3.59)`$). Eq.($`(5.27)`$) has the form

$$i\dot{B}_j^t=(L_k+^k)B_j^t+^{k++}B_j^t,$$

where $`^k`$ and $`^{k++}`$ have the form ($`(3.38)`$). It is satisfied because of eqs.($`(3.21)`$) and ($`(5.19)`$).

Thus, the composed semiclassical states and their Poincare transformations are introduced.

## 6 Conclusions

In this paper a notion of a semiclassical state is introduced. ”Elementary” semiclassical state are specified by a set $`(X,\mathrm{\Psi })`$ of classical field configuration $`X`$ (point on the infinite-dimensional manifold $`𝒳`$, see section 2 and subsection 3.2) and element $`\mathrm{\Psi }`$ of the space $``$. Set of all ”elementary” semiclassical states may be viewed as a semiclassical bundle.

The physical meaning of classical field $`X`$ is evident. Discuss the role of $`\mathrm{\Psi }`$. In the soliton quantization language  $`\mathrm{\Psi }`$ specifies whether the quantum soliton is in the ground or excited state. For the Gaussian approach , $`\mathrm{\Psi }`$ specifies the form of the Gaussian functional, while for QFT in the strong external classical field  $`\mathrm{\Psi }`$ is a state of a quantum field in the classical background.

The ”composed” semiclassical states have been also introduced (section 5). They can be viewed as superpositions of ”elementary” semiclassical states and are specified by the functions $`(X(\tau ),\mathrm{\Psi }(\tau ))`$ defined on some domain of $`𝐑^k`$ with values on the semiclassical bundle.

Not arbitrary superposition of elementary semiclassical states is nontrivial. The isotropic condition ($`(5.15)`$) should be satisfied. Moreover, the inner product of the ”composed” semiclassical states (eq.($`(5.18)`$)) is degenerate, so that there is a ”gauge freedom” ($`(5.17)`$) in specifying composed semiclassical states.

The composed semiclassical states are used  in soliton quantization, since there are translation zero modes and solitons can be shifted. They are useful if there are conserved integrals of motion like charges. The correspondence between composed and elementary semiclassical states in QFT resembles the relationship between WKB and wave packet approximations in quantum mechanics.

An important feature of QFT is the property of Poincare invariance. In this paper an explicit check of this property is presented for semiclassical QFT. The Poincare transformations of elementary and composed semiclassical states have been constructed as follows. First, the simplest Poincare transformations like spatial translations and rotations, evolution and boost are considered. The infinitesimal transformations are investigated, the Lie algebraic commutation relations have been checked and the group properties have been justified.

For the ”composed” states, conservation of the degenerate inner product and isotropic condition under Poincare transformation have been checked.

An important feature of QFT is a notion of field. In this paper this notion is introduced for semiclassical QFT. The property of Poincare invariance of semiclassical field is checked.

This work was supported by the Russian Foundation for Basic Research, project 99-01-01198.

## Appendix A Symmetries of the semiclassical theory under Lie groups

Let the semiclassical field theory be symmetric under Lie group transformations. Let $`𝒢`$ be a Lie group. Let $`𝒳`$ be a smooth (maybe, infinite-dimensional) manifold, $``$ be a Hilbert space. Suppose that
( ) a smooth mapping $`u:𝒢\times 𝒳𝒳`$ is specified; the smooth mappings $`u_g:𝒳𝒳`$ associated with the mapping $`u`$ of the form $`u_gX=u(g,X)`$ satisfy the group property $`u_{g_1}u_{g_2}=u_{g_1g_2}`$;
( ) for each $`X𝒳`$ unitary operators $`U_g[X]U_g(u_gXX):`$ are specified; the group property

$$U_{g_1}(u_{g_1g_2}Xu_{g_2}X)U_{g_2}(u_{g_2}XX)=U_{g_1g_2}(u_{g_1g_2}XX)$$
$`(A.1)`$
are satisfied.

Let us investigate the properties of infinitesimal transformations.

By $`T_e𝒢`$ we denote the tangent space to the Lie group $`𝒢`$ at $`g=e`$. Let $`AT_e𝒢`$, $`g(\tau )`$ be a smooth curve on the group $`𝒢`$ with the tangent vector $`A`$ at the point $`g(0)=e`$. Introduce the differenial operator $`\delta [A]`$ on the space of differentiable functionals $`F`$ on $`𝒳`$:

$$(\delta [A]F)(X)=\frac{d}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}F(u_{g(\tau )}X).$$
$`(A.2)`$
Lemma A.1 1. The quantity ($`\mathit{(}A\mathit{.2}\mathit{)}`$) does not depend on the choice of the curve $`g(\tau )`$ with the tangent vector $`A`$.
2. The following property

$$\delta [A_1+\alpha A_2]=\delta [A_1]+\alpha \delta [A_2],\alpha 𝐑,A_1,A_2T_e𝒢$$

is satisfied.

Proof. Let $`g_1(\tau )`$ and $`g_2(\tau )`$ be smooth curves on the Lie group $`𝒢`$ such that $`g_1(0)=e`$, $`g_2(0)=e`$. One has

$$\frac{d}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}F(u_{g_1(\tau )g_2(\tau )}X)=\frac{d}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}F(u_{g_1(\tau )}X)\frac{d}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}F(u_{g_2(\tau )}X).$$
$`(A.3)`$
since

$$\frac{F(u_{g_1(\tau )g_2(\tau )}X}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}=𝑑\xi \frac{}{\stackrel{~}{\tau }}F(u_{g_1(\stackrel{~}{\tau })}u_{g_2(\tau )}X)|_{\stackrel{~}{\tau }=\xi \tau }+\frac{F(u_{g_2(\tau )}X)F(X)}{\tau }.$$

Let $`g(\tau )`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{g}(\tau )`$ be curves on $`𝒢`$ with the tangent vector $`A`$. Choose $`g_1(\tau )=g(\tau )`$, $`g_2(\tau )=g^1(\tau )\stackrel{~}{g}(\tau )`$. Since $`g_2(\tau )e=O(\tau ^2)`$, $`\frac{d}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}F(u_{g_2(\tau )}X)=0`$. It follows from eq($`(A.3)`$) that $`\frac{d}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}F(u_{g(\tau )}X)=\frac{d}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}F(u_{\stackrel{~}{g}(\tau )}X)`$. Thus, definition ($`(A.2)`$) is correct.

Let $`g_1(\tau )`$, $`g_2(\tau )`$ be curves with tangent vectors $`A`$ and $`B`$ correspondingly. Then $`g_1(\tau )g_2(\tau )`$ is a curve with the tangent vector $`A+B`$. Eq.($`(A.3)`$) implies that

$$\delta [A+B]=\delta [A]+\delta [B].$$

Finally, consider a curve $`g(\tau )`$ with the tangent vector $`A`$ and teh curve $`\stackrel{~}{g}(\tau )=g(\alpha \tau )`$ with the tangent vector $`\alpha A`$. One has

$$\frac{d}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}F(u_{\stackrel{~}{g}(\tau )}X)=\alpha \frac{d}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}F(u_{g(\tau )}X).$$

Thus, $`\delta [\alpha A]=\alpha \delta [A]`$. Lemma A.1 is proved.

Let $`g𝒢`$, $`AT_e𝒢`$, $`h(\tau )`$ be a curve on $`𝒢`$ with tangent vector $`B`$ at $`h(0)=e`$. Then the tangent vector for the curve $`g(\tau )h(\tau )g^1(\tau )`$ at $`h(0)=e`$ does not depend on the choice of the curve $`h(\tau )`$. Denote it by $`gBg^1`$.

Define the operator $`W_g`$ on the space of functionals $`F`$ as $`W_gF[X]=F[u_{g^1}X]`$.

Lemma A.2. The following property is satisfied:

$$W_g\delta [B]W_{g^1}F=\delta [gBg^1]F.$$
$`(A.4)`$
The proof is straightforward.

Let $`g=g(\tau )`$ be a curve with the tangent vector $`A`$ at $`g(0)=e`$. Differentiating expression ($`(A.4)`$) by $`\tau `$ at $`\tau =0`$, we obtain:

Lemma A.3. The following relation is satisfied:

$$([\delta [A],\delta [B]]+\delta ([A,B]))F=0.$$
$`(A.5)`$
Here $`[A,B]`$ is the Lie-algrbra commutator for the group $`𝒢`$.

Proof. Let $`g(\tau )`$ be a smooth curve on the Lie group $`𝒢`$ with tangent vector $`A`$ at $`g(0)=e`$. Make use of the property ($`(A.4)`$):

$$W_{g(\tau )}\delta [B]W_{g^1(\tau )}=\delta [g(\tau )Bg^1(\tau )]F,$$
$`(A.6)`$
rewrite definition ($`(A.2)`$) as

$$\delta [A]=\frac{d}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}W_{g^1(\tau )},$$

remember that the Lie commutator can be defined as

$$[A;B]\frac{d}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}g(\tau )Bg^1(\tau ).$$

Consider the derivatives of sides of eq.($`(A.6)`$) at $`\tau =0`$. We obtain property ($`(A.5)`$). Lemma A.3 is proved.

Consider now the infinitesimal properties of the transformation $`U`$. Suppose that on some dense subset $`D`$ of $``$ the vector functions $`U_g[X]\mathrm{\Psi }`$ ($`\mathrm{\Psi }D`$) are strongly continously differentiable with respect to $`g`$ and smooth with respect to $`X`$. Define operators

$$H(A:X)\mathrm{\Psi }=i\frac{d}{d\tau }|_{\tau =0}U_{g(\tau )}[X]\mathrm{\Psi },$$
$`(A.7)`$
where $`g(\tau )`$ is a curve on the group $`𝒢`$ with the tangent vector $`A`$ at $`g(0)=e`$.

Lemma A.4. 1. The operator $`H(A:X)`$ does not depend on the choice of the curve $`g(\tau )`$ with the tangent vector $`A`$.
2. The following property is satisfied:

$$H(A_1+\alpha A_2:X)=H(A_1:X)+\alpha H(A_2:X).$$

The proof is analogous to lemma A.1.

Let $`h(\tau )`$ be a curve with the tangent vector $`B`$ at $`h(0)=e`$. Eq.($`(A.1)`$) implies:

$$U_g[u_{h(\tau )}X]U_{h(\tau )}[X]U_g^1[X]\mathrm{\Psi }=U_{gh(\tau )g^1}[u_gX]\mathrm{\Psi },\mathrm{\Psi }D$$

Differentiating this identity by $`\tau `$ at $`\tau =0`$, we obtain:

Lemma A.5. For $`\mathrm{\Psi }D`$

$$iU_g[X]H(B:X)U_g^1[X]\mathrm{\Psi }+(\delta [B]U_g)[X]U_g^1[X]\mathrm{\Psi }=iH(gBg^1;u_gX)\mathrm{\Psi }.$$
$`(A.8)`$
Let $`g=g(t)`$ be a curve with the tangent vector $`A`$ at $`g(0)=e`$. Differentiating eq.($`(A.8)`$) by $`t`$ in a weak sense, we obtain:

Lemma A.6. On the subset $`𝒟`$ the following bilinear form vanishes:

$$[H(A;X):H(B;X)]i\delta [B]H(A:X)+i\delta [A]H(B:X)+iH([A;B]:X)=0.$$
$`(A.9)`$
Renark. Introduce the operator

$$\stackrel{˘}{H}(A:X)=H(A:X)i\delta [A]$$
$`(A.10)`$
on the space of smooth sections of the bundle $`𝒳\times 𝒟𝒳`$. The property ($`(A.9)`$) can be rewritten as

$$[\stackrel{˘}{H}(A;X);\stackrel{˘}{H}(B;X)]=i\stackrel{˘}{H}([A,B];X).$$
$`(A.11)`$
Note that the operator ($`(A.10)`$) is an analog of the covariant differentiation operator in the theory of bundles (see, for example, ).

Thus, the group property ($`(A.1)`$) is reformulated in terms of Lie algebras.

Investigate now the problem of reconstructing the group representation if the algebra representation is known. Our purpose is to prove some lemmas which are useful in constructing the representation of the Poincare group.

Impose the following conditions on the operators $`H(A:X)`$, $`AT_e𝒢`$, $`X𝒳`$.

H1. Hermitian operators $`H(A:X)`$ are defined on a common domain $`𝒟`$ which is dense in $``$.

H2. For each smooth curve $`h(\alpha )`$ on $`𝒢`$ and each $`\mathrm{\Psi }𝒟`$ the vector function $`H(A:u_{h(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{\Psi }`$ is strongly continously differentiable with respect to $`\alpha `$.

H3. The bilinear form ($`\mathit{(}A\mathit{.9}\mathit{)}`$) vanshes on $`𝒟`$.

Let $`𝒵T_e𝒢`$ be a subset of the Lie algebra of the group $`𝒢`$. Let $`B𝒵`$, while $`g_B(t)`$ is a one-parametric subgroup of the Lie group $`𝒢`$ with the tangent vector $`B`$ at $`t=0`$, $`g_B(0)=e`$. Denote by $`U_B^t(X)`$ the operator taking the initial condition $`\mathrm{\Psi }_0𝒟`$ of the Cauchy problem for the equation

$$i\frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_t}{t}=H(B:u_{g_B(t)}X)\mathrm{\Psi }_t$$
$`(A.12)`$
($`\mathrm{\Psi }_t/t`$ is a strong derivative) to the solution $`\mathrm{\Psi }_t𝒟`$ of the Cauchy problem, $`\mathrm{\Psi }_t=U_B^t(X)\mathrm{\Psi }_0`$. This definition is correct under the following condition.

H4. Let $`B𝒵`$. If $`\mathrm{\Psi }_0𝒟`$, there exists a solution of the Cauchy problem for eq.($`\mathit{(}A\mathit{.12}\mathit{)}`$).

Uniqueness of the solution is a corollary of the property $`\mathrm{\Psi }_t=\mathrm{\Psi }_0`$ which is checked directly by differentiation. The isometric operator $`U_B^t(X)`$ can be expanded then from $`𝒟`$ to $``$. It satisfies the property

$$U_B^{t_1}(u_{g_B(t_2)}X)U_B^{t_2}(X)=U_B^{t_1+t_2}(X).$$

Therefore, it is invertible and unitary.

Impose also the following conditions.

H5. Let $`B𝒵`$. For each smooth curve $`h(\alpha )`$ on $`𝒢`$ and each $`\mathrm{\Psi }_0𝒟`$ the quantity $`||\frac{}{\alpha }H(A:u_{h(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{\Psi }_t||`$ is bounded uniformly with respect to $`\alpha ,t[\alpha _1,\alpha _2]\times [t_1,t_2]`$ for any finite $`\alpha _1,\alpha _2,t_1,t_2`$.

H6. For $`\psi 𝒟`$, $`B𝒵`$, $`AT_e𝒢`$, the following property is satisfied:

$$||H(g_B(\tau )Ag_B^1(\tau ):u_{g_B(\tau )}X)[U_B^\tau (X)\mathrm{\Psi }\mathrm{\Psi }]||_{\tau 0}0.$$

Under these conditions, we obtain:

Lemma A.7. Let $`B𝒵`$, $`AT_e𝒢`$, The following property is satisfied on the domain $`𝒟`$:

$$H(A:X)+i(U_B^t(X))^1(\delta [A]U_B^t)(X)(U_B^t(X))^1H(g_B(t)Ag_B(t)^1:u_{g_B(t)}X)U_B^t(X)=0.$$
$`(A.13)`$
Proof. Let us check that under these conditions the operator $`(\delta [A]U_B^t)(X)`$ is correctly defined, i.e. the strong derivative

$$(\delta [A]U_B^t)(X)\mathrm{\Psi }=\frac{d}{d\alpha }|_{\alpha =0}U_B^t(u_{h(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{\Psi }$$
$`(A.14)`$
exists for all $`\mathrm{\Psi }𝒟`$, where $`h(\alpha )`$ is a curve on $`𝒢`$ with tangent vector $`A`$.

Denote

$$\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t}=U_B^t(u_{h(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{\Psi }.$$

This vector obeys the equation

$$i\frac{}{t}\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t}=H(B:u_{g_B(t)h(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t},$$

so that

$$\begin{array}{c}i\frac{}{t}(\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha +\delta \alpha ,t}\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t})=H(B:u_{g_B(t)h(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}X)(\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha +\delta \alpha ,t}\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t})\\ +(H(B:u_{g_B(t)h(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}X)H(B:u_{g_B(t)}X))\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t}.\end{array}$$

Since $`\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,0}=\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha +\delta \alpha ,0}=\mathrm{\Psi }`$, we have

$$\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha +\delta \alpha ,t}\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t}=i_0^td\tau U_B^{t\tau }(u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}X)(H(B:u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}X)H(B:u_{g_B(\tau )}X))\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,\tau }.$$

Because of unitarity of the operators $`U_B^t`$, the following estimation takes place:

$$||\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha +\delta \alpha ,t}\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t}||_0^td\tau ||(H(B:u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}X)H(B:u_{g_B(\tau )}X))\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,\tau }||.$$

Making use of the Lesbegue theorem  and condition H5, we find that $`\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha +\delta \alpha ,t}\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t}_{\delta \alpha =0}0`$, so that the operator $`U_B^t(u_{h(\alpha )}X)`$ is strongly continous with respect to $`\alpha `$.

Furthermore,

$$\frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha +\delta \alpha ,t}\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t}}{\delta \alpha }=i_0^\tau _0^1d\gamma U_B^{t\tau }(u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}X)\left(\frac{}{\alpha }H(B:u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha +\gamma \delta \alpha )}X)\right)\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,\tau }$$

Denote

$$\frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t}}{\alpha }i_0^td\tau U_B^{t\tau }(u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}X)\left(\frac{}{\alpha }H(B:u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha )}X)\right)\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,\tau }.$$
$`(A.15)`$
The following estimation takes place:

$$\begin{array}{c}||\frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha +\delta \alpha ,t}\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t}}{\delta \alpha }\frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,t}}{\alpha }||_0^td\tau _0^1d\gamma (||U_B^{t\tau }(u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}X)||\\ \times ||[\frac{H}{\alpha }(B:u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha +\gamma \delta \alpha )}X)\frac{H}{\alpha }(B:u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha )}X)]\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,\tau }||+\\ ||(U_B^{t\tau }(u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}X)U_B^{t\tau }(u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha )}X))\frac{H}{\alpha }(B:u_{g_B(\tau )h(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{\Psi }_{\alpha ,\tau })\end{array}$$
$`(A.16)`$
Making use of the Lesbegue theorem, conditions H2,H5, we find that the quantity ($`(A.16)`$) tends to zero as $`\delta \alpha 0`$. Thus, the vector ($`(A.14)`$) is correctly defined.

It follows from the expression ($`(A.15)`$) that

$$\frac{}{\tau }\frac{}{\alpha }U_B^t(u_{h(\alpha )}X)iH(B:u_{g_B(t)h(\alpha )}X)\frac{U_B^t(u_{h(\alpha )}X)}{\alpha }$$

in a strong sense.

Let us prove now property ($`(A.13)`$). At $`t=0`$ the property ($`(A.13)`$) is satisfied. The derivative with respect to $`t`$ of any matrix element of the operator ($`(A.13)`$) under conditions H1-H6 vanishes. Therefore, equality ($`(A.13)`$) viewed in terms of bilinear forms is satisfied on $`𝒟`$. Since the left-hand side of eq.($`(A.13)`$) is defined on $`𝒟`$, it also vanshes on $`𝒟`$.

To construct the representation of the Poincare group, the following statement is used in this paper.

Let the property

$$g_{B_n}(t_n(\alpha ))\mathrm{}g_{B_1}(t_1(\alpha ))=e,$$
$`(A.17)`$
be satisfy for $`\alpha [0,\alpha _0]`$ and $`B_1,\mathrm{},B_n𝒵`$. Here $`t_k(\alpha )`$ are smooth functions. Denote $`h_k(\alpha )=g_{B_k}(t_k(\alpha ))`$, $`s_k(\alpha )=h_k(\alpha )\mathrm{}h_1(\alpha )`$.

Lemma A.8. Under condition ($`\mathit{(}A\mathit{.17}\mathit{)}`$) the operator

$$U_{B_n}^{t_n(\alpha )}(u_{s_{n1}(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{}U_{B_1}^{t_1(\alpha )}(X)$$
$`(A.18)`$
is $`\alpha `$-independent.

To prove lemma, denote $`U_kU_k(u_{s_{k1}(\alpha )}X)U_{B_k}^{t_k(\alpha )}(u_{s_{k1}(\alpha )}X)`$. Let us use the following lemma.

Lemma A.9. Let $`s(\alpha )`$ be a smooth curve on the group $`𝒢`$, $`t(\alpha )`$ is a smooth real function, $`BT_e𝒢`$. Then the operator function $`U_B^{t(\alpha )}(u_{s(\alpha )}X)`$ is strongly differentiable with respect to $`\alpha `$ on $`𝒟`$ and

$$\frac{}{\alpha }U_B^{t(\alpha )}(u_{s(\alpha )}X)=i\frac{dt}{d\alpha }H(B:u_{g_B(t(\alpha ))s(\alpha )}X)U_B^{t(\alpha )}(u_{s(\alpha )}X)+(\delta [\frac{ds}{d\alpha }s^1]U_B^{t(\alpha )})(u_{s(\alpha )}X),$$
$`(A.19)`$
where $`\frac{ds}{d\alpha }s^1`$ is a tangent vector to the curve $`s(\alpha +\tau )s^1(\alpha )`$ at $`\tau =0`$.

Proof. Let $`\mathrm{\Psi }𝒟`$. One has

$$\begin{array}{c}\frac{1}{\delta \alpha }(U_B^{t(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}(u_{s(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}X)U_B^{t(\alpha )}(u_{s(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{\Psi }=\\ \frac{1}{\delta \alpha }(U_B^{t(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}(u_{s(\alpha )}X)U_B^{t(\alpha )}(u_{s(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{\Psi }+\frac{1}{\delta \alpha }(U_B^{t(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}(u_{s(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}X)U_B^{t(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}(u_{s(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{\Psi }.\end{array}$$
$`(A.20)`$
The first term in the right-hand side of eq.($`(A.20)`$) tends to

$$i\frac{dt}{d\alpha }H(B:u_{g_B(t(\alpha ))s(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{\Psi }$$

by definition of the operator $`U_B^t(X)`$. Consider the second term. It can be represented as

$$_0^1𝑑\gamma \frac{}{\alpha }U_B^{t(\overline{\alpha })}(u_{s(\alpha +\gamma \delta \alpha )}X)|_{\overline{\alpha }=\alpha +\delta \alpha }\mathrm{\Psi }.$$

Making use of eq. ($`(A.15)`$), we take this term to the form

$$i_0^1d\gamma _0^{t(\alpha +\delta \alpha )}d\tau U_B^{t(\alpha +\delta \alpha )\tau }(u_{g_B(\tau )s(\alpha +\gamma \delta \alpha )}X)\frac{}{\alpha }H(B:u_{g_B(\tau )s(\alpha +\gamma \delta \alpha }X)U_B^\tau (u_{s(\alpha +\gamma \delta \alpha )}X)\mathrm{\Psi }.$$
$`(A.21)`$
Making use of the Lesbegue theorem and property H6, we see that the vector ($`(A.21)`$) is strongly continous as $`\delta \alpha 0`$, so that it is equal to

$$\frac{}{\alpha }U_B^{t(\overline{\alpha })}(u_{s(\alpha )}X)|_{\overline{\alpha }=\alpha }\mathrm{\Psi }=((\delta [\frac{ds}{d\alpha }s^1]U_B^{t(\alpha )})(u_{s(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{\Psi }.$$

We obtain formula ($`(A.19)`$).

Let us return to proof of lemma A.8. To check formula ($`(A.18)`$), let us obtain that

$$\frac{d}{d\alpha }(U_n\mathrm{}U_1)(U_n\mathrm{}U_1)^1=0$$
$`(A.22)`$
on $`𝒟`$ (the derivative is viewed in the strong sense). The property ($`(A.22)`$) is equivalent to the folowing relation:

$$\underset{k=1}{\overset{n}{}}U_n\mathrm{}U_{k+1}\frac{U_k}{\alpha }U_k^1\mathrm{}U_n^1=0.$$
$`(A.23)`$
Making use of eq.($`(A.19)`$), we take eq.($`(A.23)`$) to the form

$$\begin{array}{c}_{k=1}^nU_n\mathrm{}U_{k+1}H(i\frac{dt_k}{d\alpha }B_k:u_{s_k}X)U_{k+1}^1\mathrm{}U_n^1+\\ _{k=1}^nU_n\mathrm{}U_{k+1}(\delta [\frac{ds_{k1}}{d\alpha }s_{k1}^1]U_k)(u_{s_{k1}}X)U_k^1\mathrm{}U_n^1=0.\end{array}$$
$`(A.24)`$
Applying properties ($`(A.13)`$) $`nk`$ times, we obtain

$$\begin{array}{c}iH(_{k=1}^n\frac{dt_k}{d\alpha }h_n\mathrm{}h_{k+1}B_kh_{k+1}^1\mathrm{}h_n^1:X)+_{l=1}^nU_n\mathrm{}U_{l+1}(\delta [\frac{ds_{l1}}{d\alpha }s_{l1}^1]U_l)(u_{s_{l1}}X)U_l^1\mathrm{}U_n^1\\ _{k=1}^n_{l=k+1}^nU_n\mathrm{}U_{l+1}\frac{dt_k}{d\alpha }\delta [h_{l1}\mathrm{}h_{k+1}B_kh_{k+1}^1\mathrm{}h_{l1}^1]U_l)(u_{s_{l1}}X)U_l^1\mathrm{}U_n^1.\end{array}$$
$`(A.25)`$
Eq.($`(A.17)`$) implies that

$$\begin{array}{c}_{k=1}^n\frac{dt_k}{d\alpha }h_n\mathrm{}h_{k+1}B_kh_{k+1}^1\mathrm{}h_n^1=0;\\ \frac{ds_{l1}}{d\alpha }s_{l1}^1_{k=1}^{l1}h_{l1}\mathrm{}h_{k+1}B_kh_{k+1}^1\mathrm{}h_{l1}^1=0.\end{array}$$

Lemma A.8 is proved.

Corollary. Let $`t_k(0)=e`$. Then

$$U_{B_n}^{t_n(\alpha )}(u_{s_{n1}(\alpha )}X)\mathrm{}U_{B_1}^{t_1(\alpha )}(X)=1$$

under conditions of lemma A.8.

## Appendix B Some properties of quadratic Hamiltonians in the Fock space

The purpose of this appendix is to introduce some notations and check some properties of operators in Fock space.

Remind that the Fock space $`(L^2(𝐑^d))`$ is defined as a space of sets

$$\mathrm{\Psi }=(\mathrm{\Psi }_0,\mathrm{\Psi }_1(𝐱_1),\mathrm{},\mathrm{\Psi }_n(𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_n),\mathrm{})$$

of symmetric with respect to $`x_1`$, …, $`x_n`$ symmetric functions $`\mathrm{\Psi }_n`$ such that $`||\mathrm{\Psi }||^2=_{n=0}^{\mathrm{}}|\mathrm{\Psi }_n||^2<\mathrm{}`$. By $`A^\pm (𝐱)`$ we denote, as usual, the creation and annihilation operator distributions:

$$\begin{array}{c}(𝑑𝐱A^+(𝐱)f(𝐱)\psi )_n(𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_n)=\frac{1}{\sqrt{n}}_{l=1}^nf(𝐱_j)\psi _{n1}(𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_{j1},𝐱_{j+1},\mathrm{},𝐱_n);\\ (𝑑𝐱A^{}(𝐱)f^{}(𝐱)\psi )_{n1}(𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_{n1})=\sqrt{n}𝑑𝐱f^{}(𝐱)\psi _n(𝐱,𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_{n1}).\end{array}$$

By $`|0>`$ we denote, as usual, the vacuum vector of the form $`(1,0,0,\mathrm{})`$. Arbitrary vector of the Fock space can be presented via the creation operators and vacuum vector as follows

$$\mathrm{\Psi }=\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{1}{\sqrt{n!}}𝑑𝐱_1\mathrm{}𝑑𝐱_n\mathrm{\Psi }_n(𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_n)A^+(𝐱_1)\mathrm{}A^+(𝐱_n)|0>.$$

Introduce the operator of number of particles $`\widehat{n}`$ as $`(\widehat{n}\psi )_n=n\psi _n`$. Let $`T`$ be a nonbounded self-adjoint operator in $`L^2(𝐑^d)`$ such that $`T10`$. By $`A^+TA^{}`$ we denote the operator of the form

$$(A^+TA^{}\psi )_n=\underset{j=1}{\overset{n}{}}1^{j1}T1^{nj}\psi _n.$$

Introduce also the following norms in the Fock space:

$$\psi _m=(\widehat{n}+1)^m\psi ,\psi _m^T=(A^+TA^{}+1)^m\psi .$$

Lemma B.1. Let $`\psi _m^T<\mathrm{}`$. Then $`\psi _m\psi _m^T`$.

Proof. It is sufficient to check that

$$(\psi _n,(\underset{j=1}{\overset{n}{}}1^{j1}T1^{nj}+1)^{2m}\psi _n)(\psi _n,(\underset{j=1}{\overset{n}{}}1+1)^{2m}\psi _n).$$

This relation is a corollary of the formula

$$(\psi _n,T^{2l_1}\mathrm{}T^{2l_n}\psi _n)(\psi _n,\psi _n)$$

for all $`l_1,\mathrm{},l_n0`$. The latter formula is obtained from the relation $`T^{l_1}\mathrm{}T^{l_n}1`$. Lemma B.1 is proved.

Let $`^+`$ be a nonbounded operator in $`L^2(𝐑^d)`$ such that operators $`T^{1/2}^+T^{1/2}`$ and $`^+T^1`$ are bounded.

Lemma B.2. The following estimation is satisfied:

$$A^+^+A^{}\psi C\psi _1^T$$

with $`C=max(T^{1/2}^+T^{1/2},^+T^1)`$.

Proof. One should check

$$(\psi _n,_i^+_j^+\psi _n)C(\psi _n,T_iT_j\psi _n)$$
$`(B.1)`$
with $`_i^+=1^{i1}^+1^{ni}`$, $`T_i=1^{i1}T1^{ni}`$. Denote $`T_i^{1/2}T_j^{1/2}\psi _n=\varphi _n`$. Inequality ($`(B.1)`$) takes the form

$$(\varphi _n,T_i^{1/2}T_j^{1/2}_i^+_j^+T_i^{1/2}T_j^{1/2}\varphi _n)C^2(\varphi _n,\varphi _n).$$
$`(B.2)`$
For $`ij`$, property ($`(B.2)`$) is satisfied if $`C=T^{1/2}^+T^{1/2}`$ as a corollary of the Cauchy-Bunyakovski-Schwartz inequality. For $`i=j`$, property ($`(B.2)`$) is satisfied if $`C=^\pm T^1`$. Lemma B.2 is proved.

Lemma B.3. Consider the operator

$$\widehat{\phi }=𝑑𝐱_1\mathrm{}𝑑𝐱_m𝑑𝐲_1\mathrm{}𝑑𝐲_k\phi (𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_n,𝐲_1,\mathrm{},𝐲_k)A^+(𝐱_1)\mathrm{}A^+(𝐱_m)A^{}(𝐲_1)\mathrm{}A^{}(𝐲_k)$$

with $`\phi L^2(𝐑^{d(m+k)})`$. Let $`\mathrm{\Psi }`$ and $`\mathrm{\Psi }_{l+\frac{k+m}{2}}<\mathrm{}`$. Then

$$\widehat{\phi }\mathrm{\Psi }_lC\phi _{L^2}\mathrm{\Psi }_{l+\frac{k+m}{2}},$$

where $`C^2=\mathrm{max}\{1,(mk)!(mk)^{2l}\}`$.

Proof. One has

$$\begin{array}{c}(\widehat{\phi }\mathrm{\Psi })_n(𝐳_1,\mathrm{},𝐳_n)=\sqrt{\frac{(nm+k)!}{(nm)!}}\sqrt{\frac{n!}{(nm)!}}Sym𝑑𝐲_1\mathrm{}𝑑𝐲_k\phi (𝐳_1,\mathrm{},𝐳_m,𝐲_1,\mathrm{},𝐲_k)\\ \times \mathrm{\Psi }_{nm+k}(𝐲_1,\mathrm{},𝐲_k,𝐳_{m+1},\mathrm{},𝐳_n)\end{array}$$

where $`Sym`$ is a symmetrization operator. Since $`Sym\mathrm{\Phi }_n\mathrm{\Phi }_n`$ and

$$𝑑y\phi (𝐳,𝐲)\mathrm{\Psi }(𝐲,𝐳^{})\phi \mathrm{\Psi },$$

one has

$$(\widehat{\phi }\mathrm{\Psi })_n\sqrt{\frac{(nm+k)!}{(nm)!}}\sqrt{\frac{n!}{(nm)!}}\phi \mathrm{\Psi }_{nm+k}.$$

Therefore,

$$\begin{array}{c}\widehat{\phi }\mathrm{\Psi }_l^2=_{n=0}^{\mathrm{}}(n+1)^{2l}\frac{(nm+k)!}{(nm)!}\frac{n!}{(nm)!}\phi ^2\mathrm{\Psi }_{nm+k}^2\\ =_{s=0}^{\mathrm{}}\frac{(s+mk)^{2l}(sk+1)\mathrm{}s(sk+1)\mathrm{}(sk+m)}{(s+1)^{2l+k+m}}\phi \mathrm{\Psi }_s^2(s+1)^{2l+k+m}\\ C^2|\phi ||^2||\mathrm{\Psi }||_{l+\frac{k+m}{2}}^2,\end{array}$$

where $`s=mn+k`$. Lemma is proved.

Corollary.

$$\frac{1}{2}A^\pm ^{\pm \pm }A^\pm \mathrm{\Psi }\frac{1}{\sqrt{2}}^{\pm \pm }_2\mathrm{\Psi }_1,$$

Here $`||||_2`$ is a Hilbert-Schmidt norm $`A_2=\sqrt{TrA^+A}`$.

Consider the quadratic Hamiltonian

$$H=\frac{1}{2}A^+^{++}A^{}+A^+^+A^{}+\frac{1}{2}A^{}^{}A^{}+\overline{}.$$

Let $`H`$, $`^{++}`$, $`^+`$, $`^{}`$, $`\overline{}^{++}`$ be $`\alpha `$-dependent, $`\alpha 𝐑`$, and $`(^{++})^+=^{}`$, $`(^+)^+=^+`$.

Lemma B.4. Let $`\overline{}_\alpha `$ be a continuously differentiable function, $`_\alpha ^{++}`$ be a continously differentiable Hilbert-Schmidt operator in the norm $`||||_2`$, while $`T^{1/2}_\alpha ^+T^{1/2}`$ and $`_\alpha ^+T^1`$ are operator functions being continuously differentiable in the operator norm. Let $`\psi `$, $`\psi _1^T<\mathrm{}`$. Then the vector function $`H_\alpha \psi `$ is continously differentiable in the strong topology.

Proof. One has from lemmas B.2 and B.3 that

$$\begin{array}{c}(\frac{H_{\alpha +\delta \alpha }H_\alpha }{\delta \alpha }\frac{dH}{d\alpha })\psi \sqrt{2}\frac{_{\alpha +\delta \alpha }^{++}_\alpha ^{++}}{\delta \alpha }\frac{d}{d\alpha }_\alpha ^{++}_2\psi _1+\\ max(T^{1/2}\left[\frac{_{\alpha +\delta \alpha }^{++}_\alpha ^{++}}{\delta \alpha }\frac{d}{d\alpha }_\alpha ^{++}\right]T^{1/2},\left[\frac{_{\alpha +\delta \alpha }^{++}_\alpha ^{++}}{\delta \alpha }\frac{d}{d\alpha }_\alpha ^{++}\right]T^1)\psi _1^T+\\ \left|\frac{\overline{}_{\alpha +\delta \alpha }\overline{}_\alpha }{\delta \alpha }\frac{d}{d\alpha }\overline{}_\alpha \right|_{\delta \alpha 0}0.\end{array}$$

The fact that $`\frac{d}{d\alpha }H_\alpha \psi `$ is continuous is checked analogously. Lemma B.4 is proved.

Consider now the Cauchy problem for the equation

$$\begin{array}{c}i\frac{d\mathrm{\Psi }_t}{dt}=H_t\mathrm{\Psi }_t,\\ H_t=\frac{1}{2}A^+_t^{++}A^{}+A^+_t^+A^{}+\frac{1}{2}A^{}_t^{}A^{}+\overline{}_t.\end{array}$$
$`(B.3)`$
on the Fock vector $`\mathrm{\Psi }_t`$; the strong derivative enters to eq.($`(B.3)`$).

Formally, the solution for the initial condition

$$\mathrm{\Psi }_0=\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{1}{\sqrt{n!}}𝑑𝐱_1\mathrm{}𝑑𝐱_nA^+(𝐱_1)\mathrm{}A^+(𝐱_n)\mathrm{\Psi }_{0,n}(𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_n)|0>$$
$`(B.4)`$
is looked for in the following form

$$\mathrm{\Psi }_t=\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{1}{\sqrt{n!}}𝑑𝐱_1\mathrm{}𝑑𝐱_nA_t^+(𝐱_1)\mathrm{}A_t^+(𝐱_n)\mathrm{\Psi }_{0,n}(𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_n)|0>_t$$
$`(B.5)`$
with

$$|0>_t=c^t\mathrm{exp}[\frac{1}{2}𝑑𝐱𝑑𝐲M^t(𝐱,𝐲)A^+(𝐱)A^+(𝐲)]|0>.$$
$`(B.6)`$
while operators $`A_t^+(𝐱)`$ are chosen to be

$$A_t^+(𝐱)=𝑑𝐲[A^+(𝐲)G_t^{}(𝐲,𝐱)A^{}(𝐲)A_t^{}(𝐲,𝐱)].$$

Namely, the Gaussian ansatz ($`(B.6)`$) formally satisfies eq.($`(B.3)`$) if

$$\begin{array}{c}i\frac{dc^t}{dt}=\frac{1}{2}Tr_t^{}M^tc^t+\overline{}_tc^t,\\ i\frac{dM^t}{dt}=_t^{++}+_t^+M_t+M_t_t^++M_t_t^{}M_t.\end{array}$$
$`(B.7)`$
Here $`M_t`$ is the operator with kernel $`M^t(𝐱,𝐲)`$, $`_t^+=(_t^+)^{}`$. The operators $`A_t^+(𝐱)`$ commute with $`i\frac{d}{dt}H_t`$ if

$$\begin{array}{c}i\frac{dF^t}{dt}=_t^+F_t+_t^{++}G_t,i\frac{dG^t}{dt}=_t^+G_t+_t^{}F_t.\end{array}$$
$`(B.8)`$
Here $`F_t`$, $`G_t`$ are operators with kernels $`F_t(𝐱,𝐲)`$ and $`G_t(𝐱,𝐲)`$. Note that the operator $`M_t=F_tG_t^1`$ formally satisfies eq.($`(B.7)`$). Initial conditions ($`(B.4)`$) are satisfied if $`F_0=0`$, $`G_0=1`$.

Let us check that eq.($`(B.3)`$) is satisfied in a strong sense.

First of all, let us present some auxiliary lemmas.

Lemma B.5. Let $`M`$ be a Hilbert-Schmidt operator and $`M<1`$. Then

$$\mathrm{exp}[\frac{1}{2}A^+MA^+]|0>$$
$`(B.9)`$
The proof is presented in .

Corollary. For the state ($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.9}\mathit{)}`$), the estimation

$$\psi _nAe^{\alpha n}$$
$`(B.10)`$
is satisfied under conditions of lemma B.5 for some $`A`$ and $`0<\alpha \frac{1}{2}logM`$.

Proof. Since $`M<1`$, $`e^{2\alpha }M<1`$. Since expression $`\stackrel{~}{\psi }=exp[\frac{1}{2}e^{2\alpha }A^+MA^+]|0>`$ specifies a Fock space vector, $`\stackrel{~}{\psi }_{2n}=e^{2\alpha n}\psi _{2n}A`$. Corollary is proved.

Lemma B.6. Let $`M`$, $`\delta M`$ be Hilbert-Schmidt operators, $`M1`$, $`M+\delta M1`$ and

$$\delta M_2\frac{1}{4}\mathrm{log}M^1M^{3/8}.$$

Then

$$\mathrm{exp}[\frac{1}{2}A^+(M+\delta M)A^+]|0>=\underset{k=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{1}{k!}[\frac{1}{2}A^+\delta MA^+]^k\mathrm{exp}[\frac{1}{2}A^+MA^+]|0>$$

Proof. One should check that

$$\begin{array}{c}slim_N\mathrm{}_{k,l,k+lN}\frac{1}{2^kk!}(A^+\delta MA^+)^k\frac{1}{2^ll!}(A^+MA^+)^l|0>=\\ slim_N\mathrm{}_{k=0}^N\frac{1}{2^kk!}(A^+\delta MA^+)^ke^{\frac{1}{2}A^+MA^+}|0>\end{array}$$
$`(B.11)`$
Since the strong limit in the left-hand side of equality ($`(B.11)`$) exists, eq.($`(B.11)`$) can be presemted as

$$\underset{k=0}{\overset{N}{}}\underset{l=Nk+1}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\psi _{k,l}_N\mathrm{}0$$
$`(B.12)`$
with

$$\psi _{k,l}=\frac{1}{2^kk!}(A^+\delta MA^+)^k\frac{1}{2^ll!}(A^+MA^+)^l|0>.$$

Since

$$([A^+\delta MA^+]\psi )_n(𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_n)=Sym\sqrt{n(n1)}\delta M(𝐱_1,𝐱_2)\psi _{n2}(𝐱_3,\mathrm{},𝐱_n),$$

one has

$$([A^+\delta MA^+]\psi )_n\sqrt{n(n1)}\delta M_2\psi _{n2}.$$

By induction, one obtains:

$$[A^+\delta MA^+]^k\psi _{n2k}\sqrt{\frac{n!}{(n2k)!}}\delta M_2^k\psi _{n2k}.$$

It follows from the extimation ($`(B.10)`$) that

$$\begin{array}{c}\psi _{k,l}\sqrt{\frac{(l+2k)!}{k!}}\frac{\delta M_2^k}{2^kk!}Ae^{\alpha l/2}e^{\alpha l/2}\\ \mathrm{max}_l(l+2k)^ke^{\alpha (l+2k)/2}Ae^{\alpha l/2}\frac{(\delta M_2e^\alpha )^k}{2^kk!}=Ae^{\alpha l/2}\frac{k^k}{k!e^k}\left(\frac{\delta M_2e^\alpha }{\alpha }\right)^k\end{array}$$

Since $`k!(k/e)^k\sqrt{2\pi k}`$ as $`k\mathrm{}`$, one has $`e^kk^k/k!A_1`$. Therefore,

$$\psi _{k,l}AA_1e^{\alpha l/2}b^k$$
$`(B.13)`$
with $`b=\delta M_2e^\alpha /\alpha `$. Therefore,

$$\underset{k=0}{\overset{N}{}}\underset{l=Nk+1}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\psi _{k,l}=\underset{k=0}{\overset{N}{}}AA_1b^ke^{\frac{\alpha }{2}(Nk+1)}\frac{1}{1e^{\alpha /2}}AA_1\frac{e^{\alpha (N+1)/2}}{(1e^{\alpha /2})(1be^{\alpha /2})}.$$

Therefore, for $`\delta M_2e^{3\alpha /2}\alpha `$ property ($`(B.12)`$) is satisfied. Choosing $`\alpha =\frac{1}{4}logM`$, we obtain statement of lemma.

Lemma B.7. Let $`M_t`$, $`t[t_1,t_2]`$ be a differentiable operator function, $`M_t_2<\mathrm{}`$,

$$\frac{M_{t+\delta t}M_t}{\delta t}\frac{dM_t}{dt}_2_{\delta t0}0.$$
$`(B.14)`$
Then

$$\frac{e^{\frac{1}{2}A^+M_{t+\delta t}A^+}|0>e^{\frac{1}{2}A^+M_tA^+}|0>}{\delta t}\frac{1}{2}A^+\frac{dM_t}{dt}A^+e^{\frac{1}{2}A^+M_tA^+}|0>_m_{\delta t0}0.$$
$`(B.15)`$
Proof. Denote $`\delta M\delta M_{t,\delta t}=M_{t+\delta t}M_t`$. It is sufficient to check the following formulas:

$$\frac{e^{\frac{1}{2}A^+M_{t+\delta t}A^+}|0>1\frac{1}{2}A^+M_tA^+|0>}{\delta t}e^{\frac{1}{2}A^+M_tA^+}|0>_m_{\delta t0}0;$$
$`(B.16)`$
$$||A^+\frac{\delta M}{\delta t}\frac{dM}{dt})A^+e^{\frac{1}{2}A^+M_tA^+}|0>||_m_{\delta t0}0.$$
$`(B.17)`$
The latter formula is a direct corollary of lemma B.3, property $`e^{\frac{1}{2}A^+M_{t+\delta t}A^+}|0>_{m+1}<\mathrm{}`$ following from formula ($`(B.10)`$) and relation $`\frac{\delta M}{\delta t}\frac{dM}{dt}_2_{\delta t0}0`$. Formula ($`(3.30)`$) is a corollary of the relation

$$\underset{k=2}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\underset{l=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{1}{\delta t}(2k+1+l)^m\psi _{k,l}_{\delta t0}0.$$
$`(B.18)`$
Makibg use of the estimation ($`(B.13)`$) and formula $`\delta M_2^2/\delta t_{\delta t0}0`$, we prove relation ($`(B.18)`$). Lemma B.7 is proved.

Lemma B.8. Let $`T`$ be such nonbounded self-adjoint operator in $`L^2(𝐑^d)`$ that $`T1>0`$, $`D(T)D(^+)`$, $`_t^+T^1`$ be uniformly bpinded operator. Let the initial condition for eq.($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.3}\mathit{)}`$) be of the form ($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.4}\mathit{)}`$), where $`\mathrm{\Psi }_{0,n}=0`$ as $`nN_0`$,

$$\mathrm{\Psi }_{0,n}(𝐱_1,\mathrm{},𝐱_n)=\underset{j=1}{\overset{J_0}{}}f_j^1(𝐱_1)\mathrm{}f_j^n(𝐱_n),f_j^sD(T).$$
$`(B.19)`$
Let Hilbert-Schmidt operator $`M_t`$ satisfy eq.($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.7}\mathit{)}`$) (the derivative is defined in the Hilbert-Schmidt sense ($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.14}\mathit{)}`$)) and initial condition $`M_0=0`$, , $`c_t`$ obey eq.($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.7}\mathit{)}`$), $`F_t`$ and $`G_t`$ be uniformly bounded operators $`F_t:D(T)D(T)`$, $`G_t:D(T)D(T)`$ satisfying eq.($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.8}\mathit{)}`$) in the strong sense on $`D(T)`$, $`F_0=0`$, $`G_0=1`$. Then the Fock vector ($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.5}\mathit{)}`$) obeys eq.($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.3}\mathit{)}`$) in the strong sense.

Proof. It is sufficient to prove lemma for the initial condition

$$\mathrm{\Psi }_0=\frac{1}{\sqrt{n!}}A^+[f^1]\mathrm{}A^+[f^n]|0>$$

where $`A^+[f]=𝑑𝐱f(𝐱)A^+(𝐱)`$. Let us show that the Fock vector

$$\mathrm{\Psi }_t=\frac{1}{\sqrt{n!}}A_t^+[f^1]\mathrm{}A_t^+[f^n]|0>_t$$

with

$$A_t^+[f]=𝑑𝐲[A^+(𝐲)(G_t^{}f)(𝐲)A^{}(𝐲)(F_t^{}f)(𝐲)]$$

satisfies eq.($`(B.3)`$). Let

$$\dot{\mathrm{\Psi }}_t\frac{1}{\sqrt{n!}}(\underset{j=1}{\overset{n}{}}A_t^+[f^1]\mathrm{}\dot{A}_t^+[f^j]\mathrm{}A_t^+[f^n]|0>_t+A_t^+[f^1]\mathrm{}A_t^+[f^j]\mathrm{}A_t^+[f^n]\frac{d}{dt}|0>_t$$

with

$$\begin{array}{c}\dot{A}_t^+[f]=𝑑𝐲[A^+(𝐲)\frac{d}{dt}(G_t^{}f)(𝐲)A^{}(𝐲)\frac{d}{dt}(F_t^{}f)(𝐲)],\\ \frac{d}{dt}|0>_t\frac{dc^t}{dt}e^{\frac{1}{2}A^+M_tA^+}|0>+c^t\frac{1}{2}A^+\frac{dM_t}{dt}A^+e^{\frac{1}{2}A^+M_tA^+}|0>.\end{array}$$

One has

$$\begin{array}{c}\frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_{t+\delta t}\mathrm{\Psi }_t}{\delta t}\dot{\mathrm{\Psi }}_t=\frac{1}{\sqrt{n!}}A_{t+\delta t}^+[f^1]\mathrm{}A_{t+\delta t}^+[f^n]\left(\frac{|0>_{t+\delta t}|0>_t}{\delta t}\frac{d}{dt}|0>_t\right)+\\ \frac{1}{\sqrt{n!}}[A_{t+\delta t}^+[f^1]\mathrm{}A_{t+\delta t}^+[f^n]A_t^+[f^1]\mathrm{}A_t^+[f^n]]\frac{d}{dt}|0>_t+\\ _{j=1}^nA_{t+\delta t}^+[f^1]\mathrm{}A_{t+\delta t}^+[f^{j1}][\frac{A_{t+\delta t}^+[f^j]A_t^+[f^j]}{\delta t}\dot{A}_t^+[f^j]]A_t^+[f^{j+1}]\mathrm{}A_t^+[f^n]|0>_t+\\ _{j=1}^n\frac{1}{\sqrt{n!}}(A_{t+\delta t}^+[f^1]\mathrm{}A_{t+\delta t}^+[f^{j1}]A_t^+[f^1]\mathrm{}A_t^+[f^{j1}]]\dot{A}_t^+[f^j]A_t^+[f^{j+1}]\mathrm{}A_t^+[f^n]|0>_t.\end{array}$$

It follows from lemmas B.3, B.7 and conditions of lemma B.8 that

$$\frac{\mathrm{\Psi }_{t+\delta t}\mathrm{\Psi }_t}{\delta t}\dot{\mathrm{\Psi }}_t_{\delta t0}0.$$

Eqs.($`(B.7)`$), ($`(B.8)`$) imply that $`\dot{\mathrm{\Psi }}_t=iH_t\mathrm{\Psi }_t`$. Lemma B.8 is proved.

Denote by $`𝒟_1`$ the set of all Fock vectors $`\mathrm{\Psi }`$ such that $`\mathrm{\Psi }_n`$ vanish at $`nN_0`$ and have the form ($`(B.19)`$) as $`n<N_0`$. Lemma B.8 allows us to construct the mapping $`U_t:𝒟_1`$ of the form $`U_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0=\mathrm{\Psi }_t`$. Note that the domain $`𝒟_1`$ is dense in $``$.

Denote

$$A_t^{}[f](A_t^+[f])^+𝑑𝐲[A^{}(𝐲)(G_tf)(𝐲)A^+(𝐲)(F_tf)(𝐲)].$$

Lemma B.9. 1. The operators $`A_t^\pm [f]`$ obey the commutation relations

$$[A_t^{}[f],A_t^+[g]]=(f,g),[A_t^\pm [f],A_t^\pm [g]]=0.$$
$`(B.20)`$
2. The following property is satisfied:

$$A_t^{}[f]|0>_t=0.$$
$`(B.21)`$
3. The operator $`U_t`$ is isometric.

Proof. The commutation relations ($`(B.20)`$) are rewritten as

$$\begin{array}{c}(G_tf,G_tg)(F_tf,F_tg)=(f,g);\\ (F_t^{}f,G_tg)(G_t^{}f,F_tg)=0.\end{array}$$
$`(B.22)`$
They are satisfied at $`t=0`$. The time derivatives of the left-hand sides of eqs.($`(B.22)`$) vanish because of eqs.($`(B.8)`$). Statement 1 is proved.

The fact that $`U_t`$ is an isometric operator is a corollary of the property $`\frac{d}{dt}(\mathrm{\Psi }_t,\mathrm{\Psi }_t)=0`$.

Analogously to lemma B.8, we find that the vector $`\stackrel{~}{\mathrm{\Psi }}_t=A_t^{}[f]|0>_t`$ obeys eq.($`(B.3)`$) in the strong sense. Since $`\mathrm{\Psi }_0=0`$ and $`\mathrm{\Psi }_t=\mathrm{\Psi }_0`$, one has $`\mathrm{\Psi }_t=0`$. Property ($`(B.21)`$) is proved. Note that it means that

$$M_tG_t=F_t.$$
$`(B.23)`$
Lemma B.9 is proved.

Therefore, the operator $`U_t`$ can be extended to the whole space $``$, $`U_t:`$.

Lemma B.10. Let the operator

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}G^+& F^+\\ F^T& G^T\end{array}\right)$$

be invertible. Then the following relation is satisfied on $`𝒟_1`$:

$$U_t^1A^+TA^{}U_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0=(A^+G_t^T+A^{}F^+)T(FA^++G^{}A^{})\mathrm{\Psi }_0$$
$`(B.24)`$
Proof. It follows from lemma B.9 that

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}G^+& F^+\\ F^T& G^T\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}G& F^{}\\ F& G^{}\end{array}\right)=1$$

Therefore,

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}G^+& F^+\\ F^T& G^T\end{array}\right)^1=\left(\begin{array}{cc}G& F^{}\\ F& G^{}\end{array}\right)$$

and

$$\begin{array}{c}A^{}(𝐲)=𝑑𝐳(F_t(𝐲,𝐳)A_t^+(𝐳)+G_t^{}(𝐲,𝐳)A_t^{}(𝐳)),\\ A^+(𝐲)=𝑑𝐳(F_t^{}(𝐲,𝐳)A_t^{}(𝐳)+G_t(𝐲,𝐳)A_t^+(𝐳)).\end{array}$$

Identity ($`(B.24)`$) is then a corollary of definition of the operator $`U_t`$.

By $`𝒟`$ we denote set of such Fock vectors $`\mathrm{\Psi }`$ that $`\mathrm{\Psi }_1^T<\mathrm{}`$.

Lemma B.11. Let $`\mathrm{\Psi }_0𝒟`$. Suppose that $`TF_t`$ and $`^{++}`$ are continuous operator functions in the $`||||_2`$-norm, $`G_t`$, $`T^{1/2}G_tT^{1/2}`$, $`TG_tT^1`$, $`T^{1/2}_t^+T^{1/2}`$, $`^+T^1`$ are continous operator functions in the $`||||`$-norm. Then the following statements are satisfied.

1. $`\mathrm{\Psi }_tU_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0𝒟`$.

2. $`\mathrm{\Psi }_t`$ obeys eq.($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.3}\mathit{)}`$) in the strong sense.

3.

$$\mathrm{\Psi }_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0_1^T_{t0}0.$$
$`(B.25)`$
Proof. Let $`\mathrm{\Psi }_0𝒟_1`$. For $`U_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0_1^T`$, one has the following estimation:

$$\begin{array}{c}U_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0_1^T=U_t^1(\widehat{T}+1)U_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0\mathrm{\Psi }_0+(A^+G^T+A^{}F^+)T(FA^++G^{}A^{})\mathrm{\Psi }_0\\ (1+F^+_2TF_2)\mathrm{\Psi }_0+(\sqrt{2}G^TTF_2+F^+TF+F^+TG_2)\mathrm{\Psi }_0\\ +(T^{1/2}G^TTG^{}T^{1/2}+A^TTA^{}T^1)\mathrm{\Psi }_0_1^Tconst\mathrm{\Psi }_1^T\end{array}$$

at $`t[0,t_1]`$. Therefore,the operator $`U_t`$ is bounded in norm $`||||_1^T`$. The extension of the operator $`U_t`$ to $`𝒟`$ is then also a bounded operator in $`||||_1^T`$ norm. One therefore has $`\mathrm{\Psi }_t𝒟`$.

The fact that $`U_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0\mathrm{\Psi }_0_1^T_{t0}0`$ if $`\mathrm{\Psi }_0𝒟_1`$ is justified analogously to lemma B.8. Since the operator $`U_t:𝒟𝒟`$ is uniformly bounded at $`t[0,t_1]`$ in $`||||_1^T`$-norm, the Banach-Steinhaus theorem (see, for example, ) implies relation ($`(B.25)`$).

To check the second statement, note that lemma B.8 imply that

$$\frac{U_{t+\delta t}U_t}{\delta t}_{\delta t0}\frac{dU_t}{dt}$$
$`(B.26)`$
in the strong sense on $`𝒟_1`$. For showing that relation ($`(B.26)`$) is satisfied in the strong sense on $`𝒟`$, it is sufficient to show that the operator

$$\frac{\delta U}{\delta t}:𝒟$$

is uniformly bounded,

$$\frac{\delta U}{\delta t}\mathrm{\Psi }C\mathrm{\Psi }_1^T.$$

One has

$$\begin{array}{c}\frac{\delta U}{\delta t}\mathrm{\Psi }=_0^1𝑑s\dot{U}_{t+s\delta t}\mathrm{\Psi }=_0^1𝑑sH_{t+s\delta t}U_{t+s\delta t}\\ \mathrm{max}_{s[0,1]}[\sqrt{2}_{t+s\delta t}^{++}_2+T^{1/2}_{t_s+\delta t}^+T^{1/2}+_{t_s+\delta t}^+T^1]U_{t+s\delta t}\mathrm{\Psi }_1^T.\end{array}$$

Lemma B.11 is proved.

Let us now check properties of operators $`F_t`$, $`F_t`$, $`M_t`$.

First of all, consider the Cauchy problem

$$\begin{array}{c}i\dot{f}_t=Y_tf_t+Z_tg_t,\\ i\dot{g}_t=Z_t^{}f_t+Y_t^{}g_t,\\ f_0=0,g_0=1,\end{array}$$
$`(B.27)`$
where $`g_t`$ is a bounded operator functions, $`f_t`$ is a Hilbert-Schmidt operator function. The derivatives in ($`(B.27)`$) are understood as

$$(\frac{g_{t+\delta t}g_t}{\delta t}\dot{g}_t)\phi _{\delta t0}0,\frac{f_{t+\delta t}f_t}{\delta t}\dot{f}_t_2_{\delta t0}0.$$
$`(B.28)`$
Lemma B.12. Let $`Y_t`$ be a strongly continous operator function, while $`Z_{t+\tau }Z_t_2_{\tau 0}0`$, $`TZ_t_2a_1^t`$, $`TY_tT^1a_2^t`$, $`T^{1/2}Y_tT^1a_3^t`$ for smooth functions $`a_k^t`$. Then there exist a solution to the Cauchy problem ($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.27}\mathit{)}`$) such that

$$Tf_t_2a_4^t,T^{1/2}g_tT^{1/2}a_5^t,Tg_tT^1a_6^t,g_ta_7^t$$
$`(B.29)`$
for smooth functions $`a_k^t`$.

Proof (cf.). Let us look for the solution to the Cauchy problem in the following form:

$$f_t=\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}f_t^n,g_t=\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}g_t^n.$$
$`(B.30)`$
where $`f_t^0=0`$, $`g_t^0=1`$,

$$\begin{array}{c}f_t^{n+1}=i_0^t𝑑\tau (Y_\tau f_\tau ^n+Z_\tau g_\tau ^n),\\ g_t^{n+1}=i_0^t𝑑\tau (Y_\tau ^{}g_\tau ^n+Z_\tau ^{}f_\tau ^n).\end{array}$$
$`(B.31)`$
By induction we find that $`f_t^n_2C_1t^n/n!`$, $`g_t_2C_1t^n/n!`$ for $`t[0,t_1]`$. Here $`C_1`$ is a constant.

Therefore, the series ($`(B.30)`$) converge. $`f_t`$ is a Hilbert-Schmidt operator, while $`g_t`$ is a bounded operator. Analogously, we show

$$Tf_t^n_2\frac{C_2t^n}{n!},Tg_t^nT^1\frac{C_2t^n}{n!},T^{1/2}g_t^nT^{1/2}\frac{C_2t^n}{n!},$$

where $`t[0,t_1]`$. Therefore, properties ($`(B.29)`$) are satisfied.

To check relations ($`(B.28)`$), note that

$$\begin{array}{c}f_t=i_0^t𝑑\tau (Y_\tau f_\tau +Z_\tau g_\tau ),\\ g_t=i_0^t𝑑\tau (Z_\tau ^{}f_\tau +Y_\tau ^{}g_\tau ).\end{array}$$
$`(B.32)`$
Eqs.($`(B.32)`$) imply that the operator functions $`f_t`$, $`g_t`$ obey properties

$$T(f_{t+\delta t}f_t)_2_{\delta t0}0,(g_{t+\delta t}g_t)_{\delta t0}0,$$

Therefore,

$$\begin{array}{c}i\frac{f_{t+\delta t}f_t}{\delta t}Y_tf_tZ_tg_t_2_0^1𝑑sY_{t+s\delta t}f_{t+s\delta t}+Z_{t+s\delta t}g_{t+s\delta t}Y_tf_tZ_tg_t_2,\\ (i\frac{g_{t+\delta t}g_t}{\delta t}Z_t^{}f_tY_t^{}g_t)\phi _t_0^1𝑑s(Z_{t+s\delta t}^{}f_{t+s\delta t}+Y_{t+s\delta t}^{}g_{t+s\delta t}Z_t^{}f_tY_t^{}g_t)\phi _t.\end{array}$$

Since the integrands are uniformly bounded functions, the Lesbegue theorem (see, for example, ) tells us that it is sufficient to check that

$$\begin{array}{c}Y_{t+\tau }f_{t+\tau }Y_tf_t_2_{\delta t0}0,Z_{t+\tau }g_{t+\tau }Z_tg_t_2_{\delta t0}0,\\ slim_{\tau 0}Z_{t+\tau }^{}f_{t+\tau }=Z_t^{}f_t,\\ slim_{\tau 0}Y_{t+\tau }^{}g_{t+\tau }=Y_t^{}g_t.\end{array}$$

These relations are corollaries of conditions of lemma B.12 and formulas ($`(B.31)`$).

Lemma B.13. Let $`_t^+=L+_t`$, $`_t`$, $`T^{1/2}T^{1/2}`$, $`TT^1`$ be strongly continous operator functions, $`_{t+\delta t}^{++}_t^{++}_2_{\delta t0}0`$, $`L`$ be a $`t`$-independent (maybe nonbounded) self-adjoint operator, such that $`LT^1<\mathrm{}`$, while $`T^{1/2}e^{iLt}T^{1/2}<\mathrm{}`$, $`Te^{iLt}T^1<\mathrm{}`$. Then there exists a solution to the Cauchy problem for system ($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.8}\mathit{)}`$) for the initial condition $`F_0=0`$, $`G_0=1`$:

$$\begin{array}{c}i\frac{F_{t+\delta t}F_t}{\delta t}_t^{++}F_t_t^+G_t_2_{\delta t0}0,\\ (i\frac{G_{t+\delta t}G_t}{\delta t}_t^{}G_t_t^+F_t)\phi _{\delta t0}0,\phi D(T).\end{array}$$
$`(B.33)`$
Moreover,

$$TF_t_2b(t),TG_tT^1b(t),T^{1/2}G_tT^{1/2}b(t),G_tb(t)$$
$`(B.34)`$
for some smooth function $`b(t)`$ on $`t[0,t_1]`$. The properties ($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.23}\mathit{)}`$) are also satisfied.

Proof. Consider the operator functions

$$F_t=e^{iLt}f_t,G_t=e^{iL^{}t}g_t,$$

where $`(f_t,g_t)`$ is a solution to the Cauchy problem ($`(B.27)`$) with $`Y_t=e^{iLt}_te^{iLt}`$, $`Z_t=e^{iLt}_t^{++}e^{iL^{}t}`$, $`f_0=0`$, $`g_0=1`$. Check of properties ($`(B.34)`$) is straightforward. Let us prove relations ($`(B.33)`$). One has

$$\begin{array}{c}i\frac{F_{t+\delta t}F_t}{\delta t}(L+_t)F_t_t^{++}G_t=(i\frac{e^{iL\delta t}1}{\delta t}T^1LT^1)TF_t+ie^{iLt}(\frac{f_{t+\delta t}f_t}{\delta t}\dot{f}_t),\\ i\frac{G_{t+\delta t}G_t}{\delta t}(L^{}+_t^{})G_t_t^{}F_t=(i\frac{e^{iL^{}\delta t}1}{\delta t}T^1L^{}T^1)TF_t+ie^{iL^{}t}(\frac{g_{t+\delta t}g_t}{\delta t}\dot{g}_t).\end{array}$$

Since

$$(i\frac{e^{iL\tau }1}{\tau }T^1LT^1)\phi _0^1𝑑s(e^{iL\tau s}1)LT^1\phi _{\tau 0}0,$$

we obtain relations ($`(B.33)`$).

Property ($`(B.23)`$) is proved analogously to : one should consider the convergent in $`||||`$-norm series

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}G& F^{}\\ F& G^{}\end{array}\right)^1=\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\left(\begin{array}{cc}G_t^{(n)}& F_t^{(n)}\\ F_t^{(n)}& G_t^{(n)}\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}e^{iL^{}t}& 0\\ 0& e^{iLt}\end{array}\right)$$

with

$$\left(\begin{array}{cc}G_t^{(n)}& F_t^{(n)}\\ F_t^{(n)}& G_t^{(n)}\end{array}\right)=i_0^t𝑑\tau \left(\begin{array}{cc}G_\tau ^{(n+1)}& F_\tau ^{(n+1)}\\ F_\tau ^{(n+1)}& G_\tau ^{(n+1)}\end{array}\right)\left(\begin{array}{cc}Y_\tau & Z_\tau \\ Z_\tau ^{}& Y_\tau ^{}\end{array}\right)$$

Lemma B.13 is proved.

Lemma B.14. Under conditions of lemma B.13 there exists a solution to the Cauchy problem for eq.($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.7}\mathit{)}`$) with the initial condition $`M_0=0`$.

Proof. It follows from  that the matrix $`G`$ is invertible and $`G^1<1`$. Consider the operator $`M_t=F_tG_t^1`$. Note that $`TM_t_2<\mathrm{}`$, $`LM_t<\mathrm{}`$. One has

$$M_{t+\delta t}M_t=M_{t+\delta t}(G_tG_{t+\delta t})G_t^1+(F_{t+\delta t}F_t)G_t^1,$$

so that $`T(M_{t+\delta t}M_t)_2_{\delta t0}0`$. Therefore,

$$\begin{array}{c}\frac{M_{t+\delta t}M_t}{\delta t}\dot{F}_tG_t^1+F_TG_t^1\dot{G}_tG_t^1=\\ M_{t+\delta t}TT^1(\frac{G_tG_{t+\delta t}}{\delta t}\dot{G}_t)G_t^1+(M_{t+\delta t}M_t)TT^1\dot{G}_tG_t^1+(\frac{F_{t+\delta t}F_t}{\delta t}\dot{F}_t)G_t^1.\end{array}$$

Ananlogously to lemmas B.12, B.13, one finds

$$(\frac{G_{t+\delta t}^+G_t^+}{\delta t}\dot{G}_t^+)T^1\phi _{\delta t0}0.$$

Therefore,

$$\frac{M_{t+\delta t}M_t}{\delta t}\dot{M}_t_2_{\delta t0}0.$$

Lemma B.14 is proved.

Therefore, we have proved the following theorem.

Theorem B.15. Let $`T`$, $`L`$ be self-adjoint operators in $`L^2(𝐑^d)`$ such that

$$\begin{array}{c}T^{1/2}LT^{1/2}<\mathrm{},LT^1<\mathrm{},T^{1/2}e^{iLt}T^{1/2}C,\\ Te^{iLt}T^1C,t[0,t_1].\end{array}$$

Let $`Tc`$ be positively definite for some positive constant $`c`$, $`_t^+=L+_t`$, $`^{++}`$ be operator-valued functions such that $`T(_{t+\delta t}^{++}_t^{++})_2_{\delta t0}0`$, $`_t`$, $`T_tT^1`$, $`T^{1/2}_tT^{1/2}`$ are strongly continous operator functions, $`\overline{H}_t`$ be a continous function. Then there exists a unique solution $`\mathrm{\Psi }_t`$ to the Cauchy problem ($`\mathit{(}B\mathit{.3}\mathit{)}`$), provided that $`\mathrm{\Psi }_0𝒟\{\mathrm{\Psi }|\mathrm{\Psi }_1^T<\mathrm{}\}`$ It satisfies the properties $`\mathrm{\Psi }_t𝒟`$ and $`\mathrm{\Psi }_t\mathrm{\Psi }_0_1^T_{\delta 0}0`$.

## Appendix C Some properties of the Weyl symbol

The purpose of this appendix is to investigate some properties of Weyl symbols of operators which are useful in justification of properties H1-H6 of Appendix A.

### C.1 Definition of Weyl symbol

Firs of all, remind the definition of Weyl symbol of operator (see, for example, ). Let $`A(x,k)`$, $`x,k𝐑^d`$ be a classical observable depending on coordinates $`x=(x_1,\mathrm{},x_d)`$ and momenta $`k=(k_1,\mathrm{},k_d)`$. To specify the corresponding quantum observable $`\widehat{A}`$ (to ”quantize” the observable $`A`$), one should substitute the coordinates $`x_i`$ by operators $`\widehat{x}_i`$ of multiplication by $`x_i`$, while the momenta $`k_j`$ should be substituted by the operators $`\widehat{k}_j=i/k_j`$. However, it is not easy to determine the operator $`A(\widehat{x},\widehat{k})`$ for arbitrary function $`A`$, since the coordinate and momenta operators do not commute. Different ways of ordering operators $`\widehat{x}`$ and $`\widehat{k}`$ are known. In the Weyl approach, one first considers the partial case

$$A=e^{i\alpha k+i\beta x}$$
$`(C.1)`$
and sets

$$\widehat{A}=e^{i\alpha \widehat{k}+i\beta \widehat{x}}$$
$`(C.2)`$
The operator ($`(C.2)`$) can be defined as a transformation taking the initial condition $`f^0(x)`$ for the Cauchy problem for the equation

$$i\frac{f^t}{t}=(\alpha \widehat{k}+\beta \widehat{x})f^t(x)$$
$`(C.3)`$
to the solution $`f^1(x)`$ to the Cauchy problem at $`t=1`$. Eq.($`(C.3)`$) is exactly solvable:

$$f^t(x)=e^{i\beta xt}e^{\frac{i}{2}\alpha \beta t^2}f^0(x+\alpha t),$$

so that

$$(e^{i\alpha \widehat{k}+i\beta \widehat{x}}f)(x)=e^{i\beta x}e^{\frac{i}{2}\alpha \beta }f(x+\alpha ).$$
$`(C.4)`$
One finds

$$e^{i\alpha \widehat{k}+i\beta \widehat{x}}=e^{i\beta \widehat{x}}e^{i\alpha \widehat{k}}e^{\frac{i}{2}\alpha \beta }.$$

For an arbitrary function $`A`$, one presents it as a superposition of exponents ($`(C.1)`$),

$$A(x,k)=𝑑\alpha 𝑑\beta \stackrel{~}{A}(\alpha ,\beta )e^{i\alpha k+i\beta x}$$

one sets

$$\widehat{A}=𝑑\alpha 𝑑\beta \stackrel{~}{A}(\alpha ,\beta )e^{i\alpha \widehat{k}+i\beta \widehat{x}}$$

Applying the formula for inverse Fourier transformation and making use of formula ($`(C.4)`$), we find

$$(\widehat{A}f)(x)=\frac{d\alpha dp}{(2\pi )^d}A(x+\frac{\alpha }{2};p)e^{i\alpha p}f(x+\alpha ).$$
$`(C.5)`$
We denote the operatoe $`\widehat{A}`$ of the form ($`(C.5)`$) as $`\widehat{A}=𝒲(A)`$. We will also write $`A=\overline{𝒲}(\widehat{A})`$ if $`\widehat{A}=𝒲(A)`$.

Definition C.1. The operator $`𝒲(A)`$ is called a Weyl quantization of the function $`A`$. The function $`\overline{𝒲}(\widehat{A})`$ is called as a Weyl symbol of the operator $`\widehat{A}`$.

### C.2 Some calsses of Weyl symbols

#### C.2.1 Classes $`𝒜_N`$ and $`_N`$

For investigations of QFT ultraviolet divergences, we are interested in behavior of Weyl symbols of operators at large values of momenta. Let us introduce some important spaces. Let $`\omega _k=\sqrt{k^2+m^2}`$ for some $`m`$.

Definition C.2. 1. We say that a smooth function $`A(x,k)`$ is of the class $`_N`$ if and only if the functions

$$\omega _k^{N+s}\frac{^sA}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_s}}$$
$`(C.6)`$
are bounded for all $`s`$, $`i_1,\mathrm{},i_s`$.
2. Let $`A_n_N`$, $`n=\overline{1,\mathrm{}}`$, $`A_N`$. We say that $`_Nlim_n\mathrm{}A_n=A`$ if and only if

$$\underset{n\mathrm{}}{lim}\underset{k,x}{\mathrm{max}}\omega _k^{N+s}\frac{^s(A_nA)}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_s}}=0$$

for all $`s`$, $`i_1,\mathrm{},i_s`$.
3. We say that a function $`A_N`$ is of the class $`𝒜_N`$ if and only if

$$x_{j_1}\mathrm{}x_{j_R}\frac{}{x_{s_1}}\mathrm{}\frac{}{x_{s_P}}A_N$$

for all $`R`$, $`P`$, $`j_1,\mathrm{},j_R`$, $`s_1,\mathrm{},s_P`$.
4. Let $`A_n𝒜_N`$, $`A𝒜_N`$. We say that $`𝒜_Nlim_n\mathrm{}A_n=A`$ if and only if

$$_N\underset{n\mathrm{}}{lim}x_{j_1}\mathrm{}x_{j_R}\frac{}{x_{s_1}}\mathrm{}\frac{}{x_{s_P}}(A_nA)=0$$

for all $`R`$, $`P`$, $`j_1,\mathrm{},j_R`$, $`s_1,\mathrm{},s_P`$.

Let us investigate some properties of introduced classes $`𝒜_N`$ and $`_N`$.

Lemma C.1. 1. $`𝒜_{N+R}𝒜`$, $`_{N+R}`$ for $`R0`$.
2. Let $`𝒜_{N+R}lim_n\mathrm{}A_n=A`$ and $`R0`$. Then $`𝒜_Nlim_n\mathrm{}A_n=A`$.
3. Let $`_{N+R}lim_n\mathrm{}A_n=A`$ and $`R0`$. Then $`_Nlim_n\mathrm{}A_n=A`$.

The proof is obvious: it is sufficient to notice that $`\omega _k^R`$ is a bounded function.

Lemma C.2. 1. Let $`A_N`$. Then $`\frac{}{k_i}A_{N+1}`$.
2. Let $`A𝒜_N`$. Then $`x_iA𝒜_N`$, $`\frac{A}{x_i}𝒜_N`$, $`\frac{}{k_i}A𝒜_{N+1}`$, $`f(x)A𝒜_N`$ for smooth bounded function $`f(x)`$.
3. Let $`_Nlim_n\mathrm{}A_n=A`$. Then $`_{N+1}lim_n\mathrm{}\frac{}{k_i}A_n=\frac{}{k_i}A`$.
4. Let $`𝒜_Nlim_n\mathrm{}A_n=A`$. Then $`𝒜_Nlim_n\mathrm{}x_iA_N=x_iA`$, $`𝒜_Nlim_n\mathrm{}\frac{A_n}{x_i}=\frac{A}{x_i}`$, $`𝒜_{N+1}lim_n\mathrm{}\frac{}{k_i}A_n=\frac{}{k_i}A`$, $`𝒜_Nlim_n\mathrm{}f(x)A_n=f(x)A`$ for smooth bounded function $`f(x)`$.

The proof is also obvious.

Lemma C.3. Let $`A_1_{N_1}`$, $`A_2_{N_2}`$. Then $`A_1A_2_{N_1+N_2}`$.

Proof. It is sufficient to check that the expression

$$\omega _k^{N_1}\omega _k^{N_2}\omega _k^s\frac{^s}{k_{i_1}\mathrm{}k_{i_s}}(A_1A_2)$$

is bounded. This statement is a corollary of properties $`A_1_{N_1}`$, $`A_2_{N_2}`$ and formula

$$\frac{}{k_i}(fg)=\frac{}{k_i}fg+f\frac{}{k_i}g.$$

Lemma C.3 is proved.

Lemma C.4. The following properties are satisfied: $`k_i_1`$, $`\omega _k^\alpha _\alpha `$.

Proof. Since $`|k_i/\omega _k|<1`$, we obtain the property $`k_i_1`$. For the function $`\omega _k^\alpha `$, one has

$$\frac{}{k_{i_1}}\mathrm{}\frac{}{k_{i_s}}\omega _k^\alpha =\omega _k^\alpha 𝒫(k_i/\omega _k)$$
$`(C.7)`$
where $`𝒫`$ is a polynomial in $`k_i/\omega _k`$. Property ($`(C.7)`$) is checked by induction. Therefore, functions ($`(C.6)`$) are bounded for $`N=1`$. Lemma C.4 is proved.

Lemma C.5. 1. Let $`A_N`$. Then

$$k_iA_{N1},\omega _k^\alpha A_{N+\alpha },\frac{A}{k_i}_{N+1}.$$

2. Let $`A𝒜_N`$. Then

$$k_iA𝒜_{N1},\omega _k^\alpha A𝒜_{N+\alpha },\frac{A}{k_i}𝒜_{N+1}.$$

Proof. Property 1 is a corollary of lemmas C.2 and C.4. Property 1 implies property 2. Lemma is proved.

Lemma C.6. 1. Let $`_Nlim_n\mathrm{}A_n=A`$. Then

$$_{N1}\underset{n\mathrm{}}{lim}k_iA_n=k_iA,_{N+\alpha }\underset{n\mathrm{}}{lim}\omega _k^\alpha A_n=\omega _k^\alpha A,_{N+1}\underset{n\mathrm{}}{lim}\frac{A_n}{k_i}=\frac{A}{k_i}$$

2. Let $`𝒜_Nlim_n\mathrm{}A_n=A`$. Then

$$𝒜_{N1}\underset{n\mathrm{}}{lim}k_iA_n=k_iA,𝒜_{N+\alpha }\underset{n\mathrm{}}{lim}\omega _k^\alpha A_n=\omega _k^\alpha A,𝒜_{N+1}\underset{n\mathrm{}}{lim}\frac{A_n}{k_i}=\frac{A}{k_i}.$$

The proof is analogous to the proof of lemma C.3.

Lemma C.7. 1. Let $`A_1𝒜_{N_1}`$, $`A_2𝒜_{N_2}`$. Then $`A_1A_2𝒜_{N_1+N_2}`$.
2. Let $`𝒜_{N_1}lim_n\mathrm{}A_{1,n}=A_1`$, $`𝒜_{N_2}lim_n\mathrm{}A_{2,n}=A_2`$. Then $`𝒜_{N_1+N_2}lim_n\mathrm{}A_{1,n}A_{2,n}=A_1A_2`$.

The proof is analogous to lemma C.3.

#### C.2.2 Properties of operators and symbols

Lemma C.8. 1. Let $`A𝒜_0`$. Then the operator $`𝒲(A)`$ ($`\mathit{(}C\mathit{.5}\mathit{)}`$) is bounded.
2. Let $`𝒜_0lim_n\mathrm{}A_n=0`$. Then $`lim_n\mathrm{}𝒲(A_n)=0`$.

Proof (cf. ). Let us obtain an estimation for the norm $`\widehat{A}`$. One has

$$\widehat{A}=𝑑\beta e^{i\beta \widehat{x}}𝑑\alpha e^{i\alpha (\widehat{k}+\beta /2)}\stackrel{~}{A}(\alpha ,\beta ).$$

The estimation $`𝑑\beta \widehat{F}(\beta )𝑑\beta \widehat{F}(\beta )`$ implies

$$||\widehat{A}||d\beta ||d\alpha e^{i\alpha (\widehat{k}+\beta /2)}\stackrel{~}{A}(\alpha ,\beta ).$$

However, for operator $`F(\widehat{k})`$ one has $`F(\widehat{k})=sup_kF(k)`$, since in the momentum representation $`F(\widehat{k})`$ is the operator of multiplication be $`F(k)`$. Therefore,

$$\begin{array}{c}𝑑\alpha e^{i\alpha (\widehat{k}+\beta /2)}\stackrel{~}{A}(\alpha ,\beta )=\mathrm{max}_k|𝑑\alpha e^{i\alpha (k+\beta /2)}\stackrel{~}{A}(\alpha ,\beta )|=\mathrm{max}_k|𝑑\alpha e^{i\alpha k}\stackrel{~}{A}(\alpha ,\beta )|=\\ \mathrm{max}_k|\frac{dx}{(2\pi )^d}A(x,k)e^{i\beta x}|=\frac{1}{(\beta ^2+1)^N}\mathrm{max}_k|\frac{dx}{(2\pi )^d(x^2+1)^N}e^{i\beta x}(x^2+1)^N(\mathrm{\Delta }_x+1)^NA(x,k)|.\end{array}$$

Here $`N`$ is an arbitrary number such that $`N>d/2`$. Thus,

$$\widehat{A}\frac{1}{(2\pi )^d}\frac{d\beta dx}{(\beta ^2+1)^N(x^2+1)^N}\underset{kx}{\mathrm{max}}|(x^2+1)^N(\mathrm{\Delta }_x+1)^NA(x,k)|.$$

The first statement is judtified. Proof of the second statement is analogous. Lemma C.8 is proved.

Lemma C.9.1. Let $`A𝒜_N`$, $`N>d/2`$. Then $`𝒲(A)`$ is a Hilbert-Schmidt operator.
2. Let $`𝒜_Nlim_n\mathrm{}A_n=0`$, $`N>d/2`$. Then $`lim_n\mathrm{}𝒲(A_n)_2=0`$.

Proof. Let us use the property

$$\widehat{A}_2^2=\frac{dxdk}{(2\pi )^d}|A(x,k)|^2$$

whcih can be obtained from definition ($`(C.5)`$). One has

$$\widehat{A}_2^2\frac{dx}{(2\pi )^d(x^2+1)^N}\frac{dk}{\omega _k^{2N}}\underset{xk}{\mathrm{max}}|(x^2+1)^{N/2}\omega _k^NA(x,k)|^2.$$

The first statement is justified. Proof of the second statement is analogous. Lemma C.9 is proved.

### C.3 Properties of \*-product

Remind that the Weyl sumbol of the product of operators

$$AB=\overline{𝒲}(𝒲(A)𝒲(B))$$

can be presented as

$$(AB)(x,k)=\frac{d\beta _1d\beta _2d\xi _1d\xi _2}{(2\pi )^{2d}}A(x+\xi _1,k+\frac{\beta _2}{2})B(x+\xi _2,k\frac{\beta _1}{2})e^{i\beta _1\xi _1i\beta _2\xi _2}$$
$`(C.8)`$
Formula ($`(C.8)`$) can be obtained from definition ($`(C.5)`$).

Let us investigate some properties of formula ($`(C.8)`$). Let us find an expansion of formula ($`(C.8)`$) as $`|k|\mathrm{}`$. Formally, one has

$$\begin{array}{c}A(x+\xi _1,k+\frac{\beta _2}{2})=_{n_2=0}^{\mathrm{}}\frac{1}{2^{n_2}n_2!}\frac{^{n_2}A(x+\xi _1,k)}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{n_2}}}\beta _2^{i_1}\mathrm{}\beta _2^{i_{n_2}};\\ B(x+\xi _2,k\frac{\beta _1}{2})=_{n_1=0}^{\mathrm{}}\frac{(1)^{n_1}}{2^{n_1}n_1!}\frac{^{n_1}B(x+\xi _2,k)}{k^{j_1}\mathrm{}k^{j_{n_1}}}\beta _1^{j_1}\mathrm{}\beta _1^{j_{n_1}}.\end{array}$$

Therefore,

$$\begin{array}{c}(AB)(x,k)=_{n_1n_2=0}^{\mathrm{}}\frac{(1)^{n_1}}{2^{n_1+n_2}n_1!n_2!}\frac{d\beta _1d\beta _2d\xi _1d\xi _2}{(2\pi )^{2d}}e^{i\beta _1\xi _1i\beta _2\xi _2}\frac{^{n_2}A(x+\xi _1,k)}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{n_2}}}\beta _2^{i_1}\mathrm{}\beta _2^{i_{n_2}}\\ \times \frac{^{n_1}B(x+\xi _2,k)}{k^{j_1}\mathrm{}k^{j_{n_1}}}\beta _1^{j_1}\mathrm{}\beta _1^{j_{n_1}}=_{n_1n_2=0}^{\mathrm{}}\frac{i^{n_1n_2}}{2^{n_1+n_2}n_1!n_2!}\frac{^{n_1+n_2}A(x,k)}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{n_2}}x^{j_1}\mathrm{}x^{j_{n_1}}}\frac{^{n_1+n_2}B(x,k)}{x^{i_1}\mathrm{}x^{i_{n_2}}k^{j_1}\mathrm{}k^{j_{n_1}}}\end{array}$$
$`(C.9)`$
Denote

$$(A\stackrel{K}{}B)(x,k)=\underset{n_1n_20,n_1+n_2K}{}\frac{i^{n_1n_2}}{2^{n_1+n_2}n_1!n_2!}\frac{^{n_1+n_2}A(x,k)}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{n_2}}x^{j_1}\mathrm{}x^{j_{n_1}}}\frac{^{n_1+n_2}B(x,k)}{x^{i_1}\mathrm{}x^{i_{n_2}}k^{j_1}\mathrm{}k^{j_{n_1}}}$$

This is an asymptotic expansion in $`1/|k|`$ as $`|k|\mathrm{}`$. Let us estimate an accuracy of the asymptotic series.

Making use of the relation

$$A(x+\xi _1,k+\frac{\beta _2}{2})A(x+\xi _1,k)=_0^1d(\alpha _21)\frac{}{\alpha _2}A(x+\xi _1,k+\alpha _2\frac{\beta _2}{2})$$

and integrating by parts $`N_2`$ times, we find

$$\begin{array}{c}A(x+\xi _1,k+\frac{\beta _2}{2})=_{n_2=0}^{N_2}\frac{1}{2^{n_2}n_2!}\frac{^{n_2}A(x+\xi _1,k)}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{n_2}}}\beta _2^{i_1}\mathrm{}\beta _2^{i_{n_2}}\\ +_0^1𝑑\alpha _2\frac{(1\alpha _2)^{N_2}}{2^{N_2+1}N_2!}\frac{^{N_2+1}A(x+\xi _1,k+\alpha _2\frac{\beta _2}{2})}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{N_2+1}}}\beta _2^{i_1}\mathrm{}\beta _2^{i_{N_2+1}}.\end{array}$$

Analogously,

$$\begin{array}{c}B(x+\xi _2,k\frac{\beta _1}{2})=_{n_1=0}^{N_1}\frac{(1)^{n_1}}{2^{n_1}n_1!}\frac{^{n_1}A(x+\xi _2,k)}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{n_1}}}\beta _1^{i_1}\mathrm{}\beta _1^{i_{n_2}}\\ +_0^1𝑑\alpha _1\frac{(1\alpha _1)^{N_1}(1)^{N_1}}{2^{N_1+1}N_1!}\frac{^{N_1+1}B(x+\xi _2,k\alpha _1\frac{\beta _1}{2})}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{N_1+1}}}\beta _1^{i_1}\mathrm{}\beta _1^{i_{N_1+1}}.\end{array}$$

Therefore,

$$\begin{array}{c}(AB)(x,k)=_{n_1=0}^{N_1}_{n_2=0}^{N_2}\frac{i^{n_1n_2}}{2^{n_1+n_2}n_1!n_2!}\frac{^{n_1+n_2}A(x,k)}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{n_2}}x^{j_1}\mathrm{}x^{j_{n_1}}}\frac{^{n_1+n_2}B(x,k)}{x^{i_1}\mathrm{}x^{i_{n_2}}k^{j_1}\mathrm{}k^{j_{n_1}}}\\ +_{n_1=0}^{N_1}r_{n_1N_2}^{(1)}+_{n_2=0}^{\mathrm{}}r_{N_1n_2}^{(2)}+R_{N_1N_2}\end{array}$$

with the following remaining terms,

$$\begin{array}{c}r_{n_1N_2}^{(1)}=\frac{d\beta _1d\beta _2d\xi _1d\xi _2}{(2\pi )^{2d}}e^{i\beta _1\xi _1i\beta _2\xi _2}_0^1𝑑\alpha _2\frac{(1\alpha _2)^{N_2}}{2^{N_2+1}N_2!}\frac{^{N_2+1}A(x+\xi _1,k+\alpha _2\frac{\beta _2}{2})}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{N_2+1}}}\beta _2^{i_1}\mathrm{}\beta _2^{i_{N_2+1}}\\ \times \frac{(1)^{n_1}}{2^{n_1}n_1!}\frac{^{n_1}B(x+\xi _1,k)}{k^{j_1}\mathrm{}k^{j_{n_1}}}\beta _1^{j_1}\mathrm{}\beta _1^{j_{n_1}};\end{array}$$

$$\begin{array}{c}r_{N_1n_2}^{(2)}=\frac{d\beta _1d\beta _2d\xi _1d\xi _2}{(2\pi )^{2d}}e^{i\beta _1\xi _1i\beta _2\xi _2}_0^1𝑑\alpha _1\frac{(1\alpha _1)^{N_1}(1)^{N_1+1}}{2^{N_1+1}N_1!}\frac{^{N_1+1}B(x+\xi _2,k\alpha _1\frac{\beta _1}{2})}{k^{j_1}\mathrm{}k^{j_{N_1+1}}}\beta _1^{j_1}\mathrm{}\beta _1^{j_{N_1+1}}\\ \times \frac{1}{2^{n_2}n_2!}\frac{^{n_2}B(x+\xi _2,k)}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{n_2}}}\beta _2^{i_1}\mathrm{}\beta _2^{i_{n_2}};\end{array}$$

$$\begin{array}{c}R_{N_1N_2}=\frac{d\beta _1d\beta _2d\xi _1d\xi _2}{(2\pi )^{2d}}e^{i\beta _1\xi _1i\beta _2\xi _2}_0^1𝑑\alpha _2\frac{(1\alpha _2)^{N_2}}{2^{N_2+1}N_2!}\frac{^{N_2+1}A(x+\xi _1,k+\alpha _2\frac{\beta _2}{2})}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{N_2+1}}}\beta _2^{i_1}\mathrm{}\beta _2^{i_{N_2+1}}\\ \times _0^1d\alpha _1\frac{(1\alpha _2)^{N_2}(1)^{N_1+1}}{2^{N_1+1}N_1!}\frac{^{N_1+1}B(x+\xi _2,k\alpha _1\frac{\beta _1}{2})}{k^{j_1}\mathrm{}k^{j_{N_1+1}}}\beta _1^{j_1}\mathrm{}\beta _1^{j_{N_1+1}}.\end{array}$$

Let us investigate the remaining terms.

#### C.3.1 The $`k`$-independent case

Definition C.3. We say that the function $`f(x)`$, $`x𝐑^d`$ is of the class $`𝒞`$ if $`f`$ is a smooth function such that for each set $`(i_1,\mathrm{},i_l)`$ there exists $`m>0`$ such that the function

$$(x^2+1)^m\frac{^l}{x^{i_1}\mathrm{}x^{i_l}}f$$

is bounded.

Let $`A=f(x)`$,$`f𝒞`$. Then the only nontrivial term is $`r_{N_10}^{(2)}`$ which is taken by integrating by parts to the form

$$r_{N_10}^{(2)}=\frac{d\beta _1d\xi _1}{(2\pi )^d}e^{i\beta _1\xi _1}\frac{^{N_1+1}}{x^{j_1}\mathrm{}x^{j_{N_1+1}}}f(x+\xi _1)_0^1𝑑\alpha _1(\frac{i}{2})^{N_1+1}\frac{(1\alpha _1)^{N_1}}{N_1!}\frac{^{N_1+1}B(x,k\alpha _1\frac{\beta _1}{2})}{k^{j_1}\mathrm{}k^{j_{N_1+1}}}.$$
$`(C.10)`$
Let us prove some auxiliary statements.

Lemma C.10. For some constent $`A_1`$ the estimation

$$\omega _kA_1\omega _p\omega _{kp}$$
$`(C.11)`$
is satisfied.

Proof. Let $`p=(\frac{1}{2}+\alpha )k+p_{}`$, $`\alpha 𝐑`$, $`p_{}k`$. Then

$$\frac{\omega _k}{\omega _p\omega _{kp}}\frac{\omega _k}{\omega _{(1/2+\alpha )k}\omega _{(1/2\alpha )k}}f(\alpha ,k),$$

so that it is sufficient to check estimation ($`(C.11)`$) for $`p=\alpha k`$ only. For the function $`1/f^2`$, one has

$$\frac{1}{f^2(\alpha ,k)}=\frac{1}{k^2+m^2}[(\frac{1}{2}+\alpha )^2k^2+m^2][(\frac{1}{2}\alpha )^2k^2+m^2].$$

It has the following minimal value

$$min_\alpha \frac{1}{f^2(\alpha ,k)}=\{\begin{array}{c}\frac{(k^2/4+m^2)^2}{k^2+m^2},k^2<4m^2,\alpha =0.\\ \frac{k^2m^2}{k^2+m^2},k^2>4m^2,\alpha =\sqrt{\frac{1}{4}\frac{m^2}{k^2}}.\end{array}$$
$`(C.12)`$
The quantity ($`(C.12)`$) is bounded below. Thus, lemma is proved.

Corollary. For $`0<\gamma <1`$,

$$\frac{\omega _k}{\omega _p\omega _{k\gamma p}}A_1.$$

Lemma C.11. Let $`C𝒜_N`$, $`\chi 𝒞`$, $`\phi C[0,1]`$. Then for

$$F(x,k)=_0^1𝑑\alpha \phi (\alpha )\frac{d\beta d\xi }{(2\pi )^d}e^{i\beta \xi }\chi (x+\xi )C(x,k\frac{\alpha \beta }{2})$$
$`(C.13)`$
the function $`\omega _k^NF`$ is bounded.

Proof. Inserting the identity

$$e^{i\beta \xi }=(\xi ^2+1)^{L_1}(\frac{^2}{\beta ^2}+1)^{L_1}e^{i\beta \xi }$$
$`(C.14)`$
and integrating by parts, we obtain that

$$F(x,k)=_0^1𝑑\alpha \phi (\alpha )\frac{d\beta d\xi }{(2\pi )^d}\frac{1}{(\xi ^2+1)^{L_1}}e^{i\beta \xi }\chi (x+\xi )\left(1\frac{\alpha ^2}{4}\frac{^2}{k^2}\right)^{L_1}C(x;k\frac{\alpha \beta }{2}).$$

For the function $`\omega _k^NF`$, one has

$$\begin{array}{c}\omega _k^NF=_0^1𝑑\alpha \phi (\alpha )\frac{d\beta d\xi }{(2\pi )^d}\frac{1}{(\xi ^2+1)^{L_1}\omega _{beta/2}^{L_2}}\chi (x+\xi )\left(\frac{1}{4}\frac{^2}{\xi ^2}+m^2\right)^{\frac{L_2+N}{2}}e^{i\beta \xi }\frac{\omega _k^N}{\omega _{\beta /2}^N}\\ \times \left(1\frac{\alpha ^2}{4}\frac{^2}{k^2}\right)^{L_1}C(x;k\frac{\alpha \beta }{2}).\end{array}$$
$`(C.15)`$
Choose $`L_2`$ to be such a number that $`\frac{L_2+N}{2}`$ is integer, $`L_2>d`$. The property $`\chi 𝒞`$ implies that there exists such $`K`$ that

$$\frac{^m}{\xi _{i_1}\mathrm{}\xi _{i_n}}\chi (x+\xi )=((x+\xi )^2+1)^Kf_{m.i_1\mathrm{}i_m}(x+\xi ),m=\overline{0,\frac{L_2+N}{2}},$$

where $`f_{m,i_1\mathrm{}i_m}`$ are bounded functions. Choose $`L_1`$ to be integer and $`L_1>\frac{K+d}{2}`$. Integrating expression ($`(C.15)`$) by parts, making use of corollary of lemma C.10 and property $`C𝒜_N`$, we obtain that $`\omega _k^NF`$ is a bounded function. Lemma C.11 is proved.

Lemma C.12. Under conditions of lemma C.11 $`F𝒜_N`$.

Proof. It is sufficient to consider the functions

$$\omega _k^{N+I}\frac{^I}{k_{i_1}\mathrm{}k_{i_I}}x_{j_1}\mathrm{}x_{j_R}\frac{}{x_{s_1}}\mathrm{}\frac{}{x_{s_P}}F$$
$`(C.16)`$
which are expressed via linear combinations of integrals of the type ($`(C.13)`$). Lemma C.12 is a corollary of lemma C.11.

Lemma C.13. Let $`𝒜_Nlim_n\mathrm{}C_n=C`$, $`\chi 𝒞`$, $`\phi C[0.1]`$. Then $`𝒜_Nlim_n\mathrm{}F_n=F`$.

The proof is analogous to lemmas C.11 and C.12.

We obtain therefore the following theorem.

Theorem C.14. 1. Let $`f𝒞`$, $`B𝒜_N`$. Then

$$fB=f\stackrel{K}{}B+R_K$$

with $`R_K𝒜_{N+K+1}`$.
2. Let $`f𝒞`$, $`𝒜_Nlim_n\mathrm{}B_n=0`$. Then $`𝒜_{N+K+1}lim_n\mathrm{}(fB_nf\stackrel{K}{}B_n)=0`$.

#### C.3.2 The $`x`$-independent case

Let $`A=A(k)`$, $`A_{M_1}`$, $`B𝒜_{M_2}`$. The only nontrivial term is taken to the form:

$$r_{0N_2}^{(1)}(x,k)=_0^1𝑑\alpha _2\left(\frac{i}{2}\right)^{N_2+1}\frac{(1\alpha _2)^{N_2}}{N_2!}\frac{d\beta _2d\xi _2}{(2\pi )^d}e^{i\beta _2\xi _2}\frac{^{N_2+1}A(k+\frac{\alpha _2\beta _2}{2})}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{N_2+1}}}\frac{^{N_2+1}B(x+\xi _2;k)}{x^{i_1}\mathrm{}x^{i_{N_2+1}}}.$$

Lemma C.15. $`C=C(k)`$, $`C_{K_1}`$, $`K_1>0`$, $`D𝒜_{K_2}`$, $`\phi C[0,1]`$. Then for

$$F(x,k)=_0^1𝑑\alpha \phi (\alpha )\frac{d\beta d\xi }{(2\pi )^d}e^{i\beta \xi }C(k+\frac{\alpha \beta }{2})D(x+\xi ,k)\xi _{j_1}\mathrm{}\xi _{j_m}$$

the function $`\omega _k^{K_1+K_2}F`$ is bounded.

Proof. Inserting the identity ($`(C.14)`$) and integrating by parts, we obtain that

$$\begin{array}{c}F(x,k)=_0^1𝑑\alpha \phi (\alpha )\frac{d\beta d\xi }{(2\pi )^d}\frac{1}{(\xi ^2+1)^{L_1}}e^{i\beta \xi }D(x+\xi ,k)\left(1\frac{\alpha ^2}{4}\frac{^2}{k^2}\right)^{L_1}\\ \times (\frac{i\alpha }{2})^m\frac{}{k_{j_1}}\mathrm{}\frac{}{k_{j_m}}C(k+\frac{\alpha \beta }{2}).\end{array}$$

For the function $`\omega _k^{K_1+K_2}F`$, one has

$$\begin{array}{c}\omega _k^{K_1+K_2}F(x,k)=_0^1𝑑\alpha \phi (\alpha )\frac{d\beta d\xi }{(2\pi )^d}\frac{1}{(\xi ^2+1)^{L_1}\omega _{\beta /2}^{L_2}}\omega _k^{K_2}D(x+\xi ,k)\left(\frac{1}{4}\frac{^2}{\xi ^2}+m^2\right)^{\frac{L_2+K_1}{2}}\\ e^{i\beta \xi }\frac{\omega _k^{K_1}}{\omega _{\beta /2}^{K_1}}\left(1\frac{\alpha ^2}{4}\frac{^2}{k^2}\right)^{L_1}(i\frac{\alpha }{2})^m\frac{^m}{k_{j_1}\mathrm{}k_{j_m}}C(k+\frac{\alpha \beta }{2})\end{array}$$

Integrating by parts for sufficiently large $`L_1`$, $`L_2`$, making use of lemmas C.10, we check proposition of lemma C.15.

Lemma C.16. Under conditions of lemma C.15 $`F𝒜_{K_1+K_2}`$.

Lemma C.17. Let $`𝒜_{K_2}lim_n\mathrm{}D_n=D`$, $`C=C(k)`$, $`C_{K_1}`$, $`K_1>0`$, $`\phi C[0,1]`$. Then $`𝒜_{K_1+K_2}lim_n\mathrm{}F_n=F`$.

The proof is analogous to lemmas C.12 and C.13. We obtain then the following theorem.

Theorem C.18. 1. Let $`A=A(k)`$, $`A_{M_1}`$, $`B𝒜_{M_2}`$. Then

$$AB=A\stackrel{K}{}B+R_K$$

with $`R_K𝒜_{M_1+M_2+K+1}`$, provided that $`K+M_1+1>0`$.
2. Let $`A=A(k)`$, $`A_{M_1}`$, $`𝒜_{M_2}lim_n\mathrm{}B_n=B`$. Then

$$𝒜_{M_1+M_2+K+1}\underset{n\mathrm{}}{lim}(AB_nA\stackrel{K}{}B_n)=0,$$

provided that $`K+M_1+1>0`$.

Remark. If the proposition of theorem C.18 is satisfied for $`K=K_0`$, it is satisfied for all $`KK_0`$. Therefore, the condition $`K+M_1+1>0`$ can be omitted.

The following lemma is a corollary of theorem C.18.

Lemma C.19.1. Let $`A𝒜_N`$, $`N>d`$. Then $`𝒲(A)`$ is of the trace class.
2. Let $`𝒜_Nlim_n\mathrm{}A_n=0`$, $`N>d`$. Then $`lim_n\mathrm{}Tr𝒲(A_n)=0`$.

Proof. Consider the operator

$$\widehat{B}=𝒲(B)=\widehat{\omega }^{N/2}(x^2+1)^{N/2}𝒲(A)$$

with

$$B=\omega _k^{N/2}(x^2+1)^{N/2}A$$

Since $`B𝒜_{N/2}`$, $`𝒲(B)`$ is a Hilbert-Schmidt operator according to lemma C.9. Therefore, $`𝒲(A)`$ is a product of two Hilbert-Schmidt operators $`(x^2+1)^{N/2}\widehat{\omega }^{N/2}`$ and $`𝒲(B)`$. Thus, $`𝒲(A)`$ is of the trace class.

One also has:

$$|Tr𝒲(A_n)|=|Tr(x^2+1)^{N/2}\widehat{\omega }^{N/2}𝒲(B_n)|(x^2+1)^{N/2}\widehat{\omega }^{N/2}_2𝒲(B_n)_2.$$

Making use of lemma C.9, we prove lemma C.19.

#### C.3.3 The $`𝒜_N`$-case

Let $`A𝒜_{M_1}`$, $`B𝒜_{M_2}`$. The $`r`$-terms can be investigated as follows.

1. We substitute $`\beta _{1,2}^je^{i\beta _{1,2}\xi _{1.2}}i\frac{}{\xi _{1,2}^j}e^{i\beta _{1,2}\xi _{1.2}}`$ and integrate the expressions for $`r^{(1)}`$, $`r^{(2)}`$, $`R`$ by parts with respect to $`\xi _1`$, $`\xi _2`$.

2. We consider the quantities like

$$\omega _k^{N_1+N_2+M_1+M_2+1+L}\frac{^L}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_L}}x_{j_1}\mathrm{}x_{j_J}\frac{}{x_{s_1}}\mathrm{}\frac{}{x_{s_P}}r$$

for $`r=r^{(1)},r^{(2)},R`$ and show them to be bounded. We use the following statement.

Lemma C.20. Let $`F𝒜_{K_1}`$, $`G𝒜_{K_2}`$, $`K_1,K_2>0`$. Then the function

$$\frac{d\beta _1d\beta _2d\xi _1d\xi _2}{(2\pi )^{2d}}e^{i\beta _1\xi _1i\beta _2\xi _2}\omega _k^{K_1+K_2}F(x+\xi _1,k+\alpha _2\frac{\beta _2}{2})G(x+\xi _2,k\alpha _1\frac{\beta _1}{2})\xi _1^{j_1}\mathrm{}\xi _1^{j_m}$$

is uniformly bounded with respect to $`\alpha _1,\alpha _2[0,1]`$.

This lemma is proved analogously to lemmas C.11 and C.15.

3. Analogously to previous subsubsections, we prove the following theorem.

Theorem C.21. 1. Let $`A𝒜_{M_1}`$, $`B𝒜_{M_2}`$. Then

$$AB=A\stackrel{K}{}B+R_K$$

with $`R_K𝒜_{M_1+M_2+K+1}`$.
2. Let $`A_n𝒜_{M_1}`$, $`B_n𝒜_{M_2}`$. Then

$$𝒜_{M_1+M_2+K+1}\underset{n\mathrm{}}{lim}(A_nB_nA_n\stackrel{K}{}B_n)=ABA\stackrel{K}{}B.$$

### C.4 Properties of the exponent

Let us investigate now the properties of the exponent of the operator $`\mathrm{exp}𝒲(A)𝒲(\mathrm{exp}A)`$. It is convenient to consider the Fourier transformations of Weyl symbols,

$$\stackrel{~}{A}(\gamma ,k)=\frac{dx}{(2\pi )^d}e^{i\gamma x}A(x,k).$$

Introduce the following norms for Weyl symbols,

$$A_{I,K}=\underset{J+M+NK}{\mathrm{max}}\underset{\gamma ,K}{\mathrm{max}}|\omega _k^{I+J}\frac{^J}{k_{j_1}\mathrm{}k_{j_J}}\gamma _{m_1}\mathrm{}\gamma _{m_M}\frac{^N\stackrel{~}{A}}{\gamma _{n_1}\mathrm{}\gamma _{n_N}}|.$$
$`(C.17)`$
Lemma C.22. $`A𝒜_I`$ if and only if $`A_{I,K}<\mathrm{}`$ for all $`k=\overline{0,\mathrm{}}`$.

The proof is obvious.

Let $`C=AB`$. Then the Fourier transformation $`\stackrel{~}{C}`$ can be expressed via $`\stackrel{~}{A}`$ and $`\stackrel{~}{B}`$ as follows,

$$\stackrel{~}{C}(\gamma ,k)=𝑑\alpha \stackrel{~}{A}(\alpha ,k+\frac{\gamma \alpha }{2})\stackrel{~}{B}(\gamma \alpha ,k\frac{\alpha }{2}).$$
$`(C.18)`$
The following estimation is satisfied.

Lemma C.23. For arbitrary integer numbers $`K`$, $`L>d/2`$ there exists such a constant $`b_K`$ that

$$AB_{0,K}b_KA_{0,K+2L}B_{0,K}.$$
$`(C.19)`$
To prove estimation ($`(C.19)`$), one should use definition ($`(C.17)`$) and formula ($`(C.18)`$):
(i) the derivatives $`/\gamma _n`$ are applied as

$$\begin{array}{c}\frac{}{\gamma _n}(\stackrel{~}{A}(\alpha ,k+\frac{\gamma \alpha }{2})\stackrel{~}{B}(\gamma \alpha ,k\frac{\alpha }{2}))=\frac{1}{2}\frac{\stackrel{~}{A}}{k_n}(\alpha ,k+\\ \frac{\gamma \alpha }{2})\stackrel{~}{B}(\gamma \alpha ,k\frac{\alpha }{2})+\stackrel{~}{A}(\alpha ,k+\frac{\gamma \alpha }{2})\frac{}{\gamma _n}\stackrel{~}{B}(\gamma \alpha ,k\frac{\alpha }{2});\end{array}$$

(ii) the derivatives $`/k_j`$ are applied analogously;
(iii) the multiplicators $`\gamma _m`$ are written as $`\alpha _m+(\gamma _m\alpha _m)`$;
(iv) the estimations

$$\omega _kC\omega _{\alpha /2}\omega _{k\alpha /2},\omega _kC\omega _{\frac{\gamma \alpha }{2}}\omega _{k+\frac{\gamma \alpha }{2}}$$

(lemma C.10) are taken into account.
(v) the integrating measure is written as

$$d\alpha =\frac{d\alpha }{(\alpha ^2+1)^L}(\alpha ^2+1)^L.$$

We obtain the estimation ($`(C.19)`$).

Consider the Weyl symbol of the exponent

$$\mathrm{exp}At1=\underset{n=1}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{A^nt^n}{n!}$$
$`(C.20)`$
with $`A^n=A\mathrm{}A`$.

Lemma C.24. Let $`A𝒜_M`$,$`M>0`$. Then the estimation ($`\mathit{(}C\mathit{.20}\mathit{)}`$) is convergent in the $`||||_{0,K}`$-norm. The estimation $`||\mathrm{exp}At1||_{0,K}C_K`$ is satisfied for $`t[0,T]`$.

Proof. One has

$$A^n_{0,K}b_K^{n1}A_{0,K+2L}^{n1}A_{0,K}b_K^{n1}A_{0,K+2L}^n.$$

Therefore,

$$||\mathrm{exp}At1||_{0,K}\underset{n=1}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{1}{b_K}\frac{(tA_{0,K+2L}b_K)^n}{n!}\frac{e^{tA_{0,K+2L}b_K}1}{b_K}C_K$$

on $`t[0.T]`$. Lemma C.24 is proved.

Lemma C.25. Let $`A𝒜_M`$, $`M>0`$. Then

$$\underset{m=N}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{A^m}{m!}𝒜_{MN}.$$

Proof. One has

$$\underset{m=N}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{A^m}{m!}=A^N(\frac{1}{N!}+_0^1d\tau \frac{(1\tau )^{N1}}{(N1)!}(\mathrm{exp}A\tau 1))$$
$`(C.21)`$
Lemma C.24 implies that

$$_0^1d\tau \frac{(1\tau )^{N1}}{(N1)!}(\mathrm{exp}A\tau 1)𝒜_0.$$

It follows from theorem C.21 that the symbol ($`(C.21)`$) is of the $`𝒜_{NM}`$-class. Lemma C.25 is proved.

Lemma C.26. Let $`A_n𝒜_M`$, $`M>0`$ and $`𝒜_Mlim_n\mathrm{}A_n=A`$. Then

$$𝒜_{MN}\underset{n\mathrm{}}{lim}\underset{m=N}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{A_n^m}{m!}=\underset{m=N}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{A^m}{m!}.$$

Proof. Because relation ($`(C.21)`$) and theorem C.21 it is sufficient to prove that

$$𝒜_0\underset{n\mathrm{}}{lim}_0^1dt\frac{(1t)^{N1}}{(N1)!}(\mathrm{exp}A_nt\mathrm{exp}At)=0.$$
$`(C.22)`$
One has

$$\mathrm{exp}A_nt\mathrm{exp}At=_0^td\tau \mathrm{exp}A(t\tau )(A_nA)\mathrm{exp}A_n\tau .$$

Making use of lemma C.23, we obtain then estimation ($`(C.22)`$).

### C.5 Estimations for the commutator

Let $`\widehat{A}=f(\widehat{x})`$, $`\widehat{B}=g(\widehat{k})`$. To investigate the properties of the commutator $`\widehat{K}=[\widehat{A};\widehat{B}]`$, it is convenient to introduce the notion of $`\widehat{x}\widehat{k}`$-symbol of the operator instead of Weyl symbol. For the $`\widehat{x}\widehat{k}`$-quantization, the operator $`e^{i\beta \widehat{x}}e^{i\alpha \widehat{k}}`$ corresponds to the function ($`(C.1)`$). Therefore, the function

$$A(x,k)=𝑑\alpha 𝑑\beta \stackrel{~}{A}(\alpha ,\beta )e^{i\alpha k+i\beta x}$$

corresponds to the operator

$$\widehat{A}=𝑑\alpha 𝑑\beta \stackrel{~}{A}(\alpha ,\beta )e^{i\beta \widehat{x}}e^{i\alpha \widehat{k}}$$

For $`\widehat{x}\widehat{k}`$-quantization, the \*-product defined from the relations $`\widehat{C}=\widehat{A}\widehat{B}`$, $`C=AB`$ has the form

$$(AB)(x,k)=A(x,ki\frac{}{y})B(y,k)|_{y=x}.$$

Lemma C.27. 1. Let $`A(x,k)=\phi _1(x)\phi _2(k)`$ with bounded functions $`\phi _1`$, $`\phi _2`$. Then $`\widehat{A}<\mathrm{}`$.
2. Let $`AL^2(𝐑^{2d})`$. Then $`\widehat{A}`$ is a Hilbert-Schmidt operator.

Proof. 1. One has $`\widehat{A}=\phi _1(\widehat{x})\phi _2(\widehat{k})`$, $`\widehat{A}\phi _1(\widehat{x})\phi _2(\widehat{k})=\mathrm{max}|\phi _1|\mathrm{max}|\phi _2|<\mathrm{}`$.
2. One has

$$TrA^+A=\frac{1}{(2\pi )^{2d}}𝑑x𝑑k|A(x,k)|^2<\mathrm{}.$$

The commutator $`\widehat{K}=[f(\widehat{x}),g(\widehat{k})]`$ has the following $`\widehat{x}\widehat{k}`$-symbol:

$$\begin{array}{c}K(x,k)=[g(k)g(ki\frac{}{x})]f(x)=_{n=0}^L\frac{^ng}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_n}}(i)^n\frac{^nf}{x^{i_1}\mathrm{}x^{i_n}}\\ _0^1𝑑\alpha \frac{(1\alpha )^L}{L!}(i)^{L+1}\frac{^{L+1}g(ki\alpha \frac{}{x})}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{L+1}}}\frac{^{L+1}f}{x^{i_1}\mathrm{}x^{i_{L+1}}}.\end{array}$$

Lemma C.28. Let $`C(x,k)=A(ki\alpha /x)B(x)`$. Then $`C_{L^2}=A_{L^2}B_{L^2}`$.

Proof. Consider the Fourier transformation of the function $`A`$:

$$A(k)=𝑑\gamma \stackrel{~}{A}(\gamma )e^{i\gamma k}.$$

One has $`A_{L^2}=(2\pi )^{d/2}\stackrel{~}{A}_{L^2}`$ and

$$C(x,k)=𝑑\gamma \stackrel{~}{A}(\gamma )e^{i\gamma k}e^{\gamma \alpha \frac{}{x}}B(x).$$

Since $`e^{\gamma \alpha \frac{}{x}}B(x)=B(x+\gamma \alpha )`$, one has

$$\begin{array}{c}C_{L^2}^2=𝑑k𝑑x𝑑\gamma _1𝑑\gamma _2\stackrel{~}{A}^{}(\gamma _1)e^{i\gamma _1k}B^{}(x+\gamma _1\alpha )\stackrel{~}{A}(\gamma _2)e^{i\gamma _2k}B(x+\gamma _2\alpha )=\\ (2\pi )^d𝑑\gamma |\stackrel{~}{A}(\gamma )|^2𝑑x|B(x+\gamma \alpha )|^2=A_{L^2}^2B_{L_2}^2.\end{array}$$

Lemma C.28 is proved.

We have obtained the following important statement.

Lemma C.29. Let $`\frac{^nf}{x^{i_1}\mathrm{}x^{i_n}}`$, $`\frac{^ng}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_n}}`$ be bounded functions, $`m,n=\overline{1,L}`$, while

$$\frac{^{L+1}f}{x^{i_1}\mathrm{}x^{i_{L+1}}}L^2,\frac{^{L+1}g}{k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{L+1}}}L^2.$$

Then $`[f(\widehat{x}),g(\widehat{k})]`$ is a bounded operator.

### C.6 Asymptotic expansions of Weyl symbol

To check the property of Poincare invariance, it is important to investigate the large-$`k`$ expansion of the Weyl symbols. Introduce the correponding definitions.

Definition C.4. 1. We say that a smooth function $`A(x,n)`$, $`x,n𝐑^d`$, $`|n|<1`$, is of the calss $``$ if the functions

$$\frac{^I}{n_{i_1}\mathrm{}n_{i_I}}x_{j_1}\mathrm{}x_{j_J}\frac{^M}{x_{m_1}\mathrm{}x_{m_M}}A$$
$`(C.23)`$
are bounded.
2. Let $`A_s`$, $`s=\overline{1,\mathrm{}}`$. We say that $`lim_s\mathrm{}A_s=0`$ if

$$\underset{|n|1}{sup}\underset{s\mathrm{}}{lim}\left|\frac{^I}{n_{i_1}\mathrm{}n_{i_I}}x_{j_1}\mathrm{}x_{j_J}\frac{^M}{x_{m_1}\mathrm{}x_{m_M}}A\right|=0.$$

Definitions C.2 and C.4 imply the following statement.

Lemma C.30.  1. Let $`A`$. Then the function $`B(x,k)=A(x,k/\omega _k)`$ is of the class $`_0`$.
2. Let $`lim_s\mathrm{}A_s=0`$. Then $`_0lim_s\mathrm{}A_s(x,k/omega_k)=0`$.

Making use of definition C.2 and lemma C.25, we obtain the following corollary.

Corollary. 1. Let $`A`$. Then the function $`\omega _k^\alpha A(x,k/\omega _k)`$ is of the class $`𝒜_\alpha `$.
2. Let $`lim_s\mathrm{}A_s=0`$. Then $`𝒜_\alpha lim_s\mathrm{}\omega _k^\alpha A_s(x,k/omega_k)=0`$.

Definition C.5. 1. A formal asymptotic expansion is a set $`\stackrel{ˇ}{A}`$ of $`\alpha 𝐑`$ and functions $`A_0,A_1,\mathrm{}`$. We say that the formal asymptotic expansions $`\stackrel{ˇ}{A}=(\alpha ,A_0,A_1,..)`$ and $`\stackrel{ˇ}{B}=(\beta ,B_0,B_1,..)`$ are equivalent if $`\alpha \beta `$ is an integer number and $`A_{l\alpha +\beta }=B_l`$ for all $`l=\overline{\mathrm{},+\mathrm{}}`$ (we assume $`A_l=0`$ and $`B_l=0`$ for $`l<0`$. We denote formal asymptotic expansions of Weyl symbols as

$$\stackrel{ˇ}{A}\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\omega _k^{n\alpha }A_n(x,k/\omega _k).$$

If $`A_0=0`$, …, $`A_{l1}=0`$, $`A_l0`$, the quantity $`deg\stackrel{ˇ}{A}\alpha +n`$ is called as a degree of a formal asymptotic expansion $`\stackrel{ˇ}{A}`$.
2. Let $`\stackrel{ˇ}{A}_s`$, $`s=\overline{1,\mathrm{}}`$ and $`\stackrel{ˇ}{A}`$ be formal asymptotic expansions of Weyl symbols. We say that $`F.Elim_s\mathrm{}\stackrel{ˇ}{A}_s=A`$ if $`\alpha _s=\alpha `$ and $`lim_s\mathrm{}(A_{s,n}A_s)=0`$.

The summation and multiplication by numbers are obviously defined:

$$\stackrel{ˇ}{A}+\lambda \stackrel{ˇ}{B}=\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\omega _k^{n\alpha }(A_n(x,k\omega _k)+\lambda B_n(x,k/\omega _k)).$$

The product of formal asymptotic expansions of Weyl symbols

$$\stackrel{ˇ}{A}\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\omega _k^{n\alpha }A_n(x,k/\omega _k),\stackrel{ˇ}{B}\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\omega _k^{n\beta }B_n(x,k/\omega _k)$$

is defined as

$$\stackrel{ˇ}{A}\stackrel{ˇ}{B}\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\omega _k^{n\alpha \beta }\underset{s,l0;s+l=n}{}A_s(x,k/\omega _k)B_l(x,k/\omega _k).$$

Let $`f=f(x)`$, $`f𝒞`$. Then

$$f(x)\stackrel{ˇ}{A}\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\omega _k^{n\alpha }f(x)A_n(x,k/\omega _k).$$

One also defines

$$\omega _k^\beta \stackrel{ˇ}{A}\underset{n=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\omega _k^{n\alpha \beta }A_n(x,k/\omega _k)$$

and

$$\frac{\stackrel{ˇ}{A}}{k_s}=\underset{l=0}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\omega _k^{l\alpha 1}\left[(l+\alpha )A_l(x,n)+\frac{A_l}{n_p}(x,n)(\delta _{ps}n_pn_s)\right]|_{n=k/\omega _k}$$

The \*-product of formal asymptotic expansions is introduced as

$$\begin{array}{c}\stackrel{ˇ}{A}\stackrel{ˇ}{B}_{K=0}^{\mathrm{}}_{n_1n_20,n_1+n_2=K}\frac{i^{n_1n_2}}{n_1!n_2!2^{n_1+n_2}}\frac{^{n_1+n_2}}{x^{i_1}\mathrm{}x^{i_{n_2}}k^{j_1}\mathrm{}k^{j_{n_1}}}_{l_1=0}^{\mathrm{}}\omega _k^{l_1\alpha _1}A_{l_1}(x,k/\omega _k)\\ \times \frac{^{n_1+n_2}}{x^{j_1}\mathrm{}x^{j_{n_1}}k^{i_1}\mathrm{}k^{i_{n_2}}}_{l_2=0}^{\mathrm{}}\omega _k^{l_2\alpha _2}A_{l_2}(x,k/\omega _k)\end{array}$$

The formal asymptotic expansions $`\stackrel{ˇ}{A}\omega _k^\alpha `$, $`\stackrel{ˇ}{A}f(x)`$ are defined analogously. The \*-exponent of a formal asymptotic expansion $`\stackrel{ˇ}{A}`$ is defined as

$$\mathrm{exp}\stackrel{ˇ}{A}1=\underset{n=1}{\overset{\mathrm{}}{}}\frac{\stackrel{ˇ}{A}^n}{n!}$$

provided that $`degA`$ is a positive integer number.

Definition C.6. 1. An asymptotic expansion of the Weyl symbol is a set $`\underset{¯}{A}(A,\stackrel{ˇ}{A})`$ of the Weyl symbol $`A`$ and a formal asymptotic expansion $`\stackrel{ˇ}{A}`$ such that

$$A(x,k)\underset{l=0}{\overset{n1}{}}\frac{A_l(x,k/\omega _k)}{\omega _k^{l+\alpha }}𝒜_{n+\alpha }$$

for all $`n=\overline{0,\mathrm{}}`$.
2. We say that $`Elim_s\mathrm{}\underset{¯}{A_s}=\underset{¯}{A}`$ if $`F.Elim_s\mathrm{}\stackrel{ˇ}{A}_s=\stackrel{ˇ}{A}`$ and

$$𝒜_{n+\alpha }\underset{s\mathrm{}}{lim}(A_s(x,k)\underset{l=0}{\overset{n1}{}}\frac{A_{s,l}(x,k/\omega _k)}{\omega _k^{l+\alpha }})=A(x,k)\underset{l=0}{\overset{n1}{}}\frac{A_l(x,k/\omega _k)}{\omega _k^{l+\alpha }}$$

for all $`n=\overline{0,\mathrm{}}`$.

Remark. For given Weyl symbol $`A`$, the asymptotic expansion is not unique. For example, let

$$A(x,k)=m^2f(x)/\omega _k.$$

One can choose $`\alpha =2`$, $`A_0(x,n)=m^2f(x)`$ anf find $`A(x,k)=\omega _k^2A_0(x,k/\omega _k)`$. On the other hand, one can set $`\alpha =0`$, $`A_0(x,n)=f(x)(1n_in_i)`$ and obtain $`A(x,k)=A_0(x,k/\omega _k)`$ since $`\omega _k^2k_ik_i=m^2`$. We see that a degree is a characteristic feature of an expansion rather than of a symbol.

Let $`\underset{¯}{A}=(A,\stackrel{ˇ}{A})`$, $`\underset{¯}{B}=(B,\stackrel{ˇ}{B})`$. Denote $`\underset{¯}{A}\underset{¯}{B}(AB,\stackrel{ˇ}{A}\stackrel{ˇ}{B})`$,
$`\omega _k^\alpha \underset{¯}{A}(\omega _k^\alpha A,\omega _k^\alpha \stackrel{ˇ}{A})`$,
$`f(x)\underset{¯}{A}(f(x)A,f(x)\stackrel{ˇ}{A})`$,
$`\mathrm{exp}\underset{¯}{A}1(\mathrm{exp}A1,\mathrm{exp}\stackrel{ˇ}{A}1)`$.

Theorems C.14, C.18, C.21 and lemmas C.25 and C.26 imply the following statements.

Theorem C.31. 1. Let $`\underset{¯}{A}`$be an asymptotic expansion of a Weyl symbol. Then $`\omega _k^\alpha \underset{¯}{A}`$ and $`f(x)\underset{¯}{A}`$ are asymptotic expansions of Weyl symbols under conditions of theorem C.14, while $`\mathrm{exp}\underset{¯}{A}1`$ is an asymptotic expansion of a Weyl symbol, provided that $`deg\stackrel{ˇ}{A}`$ is a positive integer number.
2. Let $`\underset{¯}{A}`$ and $`\underset{¯}{B}`$ be asymptotic expansions of Weyl symbols. Then $`\underset{¯}{A}\underset{¯}{B}`$ is an asymptotic expansion af a Weyl symbol.

Theorem C.32. 1. Let $`Elim_n\mathrm{}\underset{¯}{A}_n=\underset{¯}{A}`$. Then:
(a) $`Elim_n\mathrm{}\omega _k^\alpha \underset{¯}{A}_n\omega _k^\alpha \underset{¯}{A}`$;
(b) $`Elim_n\mathrm{}f(x)\underset{¯}{A}_nf(x)\underset{¯}{A}`$ under conditions of theorem C.14;
(c) $`Elimn\mathrm{}(\mathrm{exp}\underset{¯}{A_n}1)=\mathrm{exp}\underset{¯}{A}1`$ if $`deg\stackrel{ˇ}{A}_n`$, $`deg\stackrel{ˇ}{A}`$ are positive integer numbers.
2. Let $`Elim_n\mathrm{}\underset{¯}{A}_n=\underset{¯}{A}`$ and $`Elim_n\mathrm{}\underset{¯}{B}_n=\underset{¯}{B}`$. Then $`Elim_n\mathrm{}\underset{¯}{A}_n\underset{¯}{B}_n=\underset{¯}{A}\underset{¯}{B}`$.

The time derivative of teh asymptotic expansion $`\underset{¯}{A}(t)`$ with respect to $`t`$ is defined in a standard way

$$E\underset{\delta t0}{lim}\frac{\underset{¯}{A}(t+\delta t)\underset{¯}{A}(t)}{\delta t}=\frac{d\underset{¯}{A}(t)}{dt}.$$

The integral $`_{t_1}^{t_2}\underset{¯}{A}(t)𝑑t`$ is also defined in a standard way.

Theorem C.32 imply the following statement.

Theorem C.33. 1. Let $`\underset{¯}{A}(t)`$ be a continously differentiable asymptotic expansion of a Weyl symbol. Then
(a) $`\frac{d}{dt}(\omega _k^\alpha \underset{¯}{A})=\omega _k^\alpha \frac{d\underset{¯}{A}}{dt}`$;
(b) $`\frac{d}{dt}(f(x)\underset{¯}{A})=f(x)\frac{d\underset{¯}{A}}{dt}`$ under conditions of theorem C.14.
(c) $`\frac{d}{dt}(\mathrm{exp}\underset{¯}{A}1)=_0^1d\tau e^{\underset{¯}{A}(t\tau )}\frac{d\underset{¯}{A}}{dt}e^{\underset{¯}{A}\tau }`$;
(d) $`\frac{d}{dt}(\underset{¯}{A}\underset{¯}{B})=\frac{d}{dt}\underset{¯}{A}\underset{¯}{B}+\underset{¯}{A}\frac{d}{dt}\underset{¯}{B}`$.

The only nontrivial statement is (c). It is proved by using the identity

$$\mathrm{exp}\underset{¯}{A}_1\mathrm{exp}\underset{¯}{A}_2=_0^1d\tau \mathrm{exp}(\underset{¯}{A}_1(1\tau ))(\underset{¯}{A}_1\underset{¯}{A}_2)\mathrm{exp}(\underset{¯}{A}_2\tau ).$$